Home
        7163-9001-042 Calf Feeder Premium Stand Alone Combi
         Contents
1.                                                                                                   YYy YY  e  ipli S  oO Ps 5 E  blue e S 16 pins   brown D e 2  o  black e e 3 Segen  BT1 A1  a yellow control distributor  y   o o grey with filter  A Flu   gt  white  SA2 as of 07 01   N   E E brown  a T T T  E _    i  LTI A2 X1 PE        A G   12VDC e  a E bebe as KEE  ZS lg   lt  si ES   o 227 DE SS   e gO  gay E    23 S   gs EN  59 BS 538 35  S Oe oY 2 Il  TAK5   SA2   XX F1  P1 Ea Da dead T Zeichnungs Nr  PL10244 Biases de  Mikro identification Mu M Versions Nr  a     E AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16 10 2005  mt  Anderung Ind  Datum  Name ame jr G  ltig bis                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9   BT1 A2 keyboard card  BT1 A2 keyboard card  SR  NAAN  III  o EE  ar    o      ANG E T C969   9 LED s       Bern ox E a o gt  fe  Ce 0 N      B u Anne go d m  o     D OOOo O0O00c     n  I A ks  Hrn 9    o   A2 X16   es    A2 X17   1 16     2347   84 Y Y Y     a m 2    E  E    E  3 8833 2391 IDE  v d 5 5559     gt  2   BO quio  ENG 20    CD CC On GG  EE 5  m mu  2o E e  6252 SE nos  Sor  gt   e D D e Loo e  9505 ra  e  AAAA AA AA AAA A A A A  CN CO oeoroo do ole nd mot mo D     A1   X4  A1 X6   BTI A7  BT1 A8  filter car
2.                                                                0 1 2 3 6 7 8 9  mains connection  230V L N PE S0Hz main switch EE       LV1 power distribution unit   LV1 S1  fea a  LVI A1  ine plu o  LVi     plug        line filter  L1  c     Porown 1  2 e     _ L Fe      brown    LINE LOAD  N  c  Hblue     TLRS mm e 1N       KS     e   H s N Le     blue      PEIC green  yellow ES be H       green  yellow             LVI X2   WTI X1       minimum working temp    heating overheating    thermostat thermostat   thermostat       WT1 S3    42   43  C     38 40  C  1    Wn St  1  WT1 S2  1    look at page 7  YH ve J    2   2 2  d o   E  iB  z s     WT1 H1  230V    yellow  heating control lamp no   WTI E1    heating  1       rota 211 230V  y   230V 2700W  TAKS SA2 27 F1   230V      blige 2 E      30  230V 3200W  TAK5 SA2 32 P1  green   yellow         gt    WT1 heat exchanger   approximate values temperature settings  TAK5   SA2   XX    F1  P1 Zeichnungs   Nr  PL10244  Mi   er 17 F  rster Technik GmbH   E Blatt 1  ikro identification Versions   Nr  a                        nderung Ind  Datum Name       AC Sensitivity card          gezeichnet SEN    16 10 2005          ame       G  ltig bis        von 10 Bl  tter                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        0 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9  mains connection  400V 3 N
3.          The marks facilitate temperature setting   Nevertheless  you have to check the settings regularly     Setting the Heating 49    7 6 2 Recommendations for Temperature Settings    Whole milk    The heat exchanger is designed in such a way that also cheaper milk powders with higher  fat melting point can be used without problems  In this case  the outlet temperature has to be  exactly between 42 C and 43 C     If you utilize whole milk or cold soluble milk powders  a temperature of approx  38  C will  be enough     The temperature has to be set very carefully  When reducing the heating temperature don t  forget to reduce the minimum operating temperature accordingly    Too low temperatures may cause indigestion whereas too high temperatures over a long pe   riod of time may lead to inflammation of the mucosa in the abomasum  Flatulence may indi   cate that the drinking temperature is too high     7 6 3 Measuring the Temperature             The heating regulation is related to the portion size and the drinking speed of the animals   To measure the temperature do not extract more than 0 5 liters  If you want to carry out  further measurements  you have to wait until the boiler has restored the temperature  Heat  transmission time depends on the input and outlet temperature of the liquid and may vary  between 10 and 25 seconds     Turn the program switch to 5   calibration  calibration E  water boiler      Wait until the orange pilot lamp of the boiler water heating has go
4.         Concentration periods  period length tally    Concentration             from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Solid matter content of the liquid milk       g L    Milk ratio periods                period length tally milk ratio  from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Daily pellet allowances   concentrate plan  9 3              period length tally daily pellet allowance  from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Pellet dependent weaning plan   concentrate dependent drinking  9 1 2   weaning points start end                                         LT1 power unit  BT1 computer control unit  lower part                                                                    EXE VW M1          TW LLT  000000       p 180q uonnqrisip                                        pres 1amod        BT1 A1  control distributor    with filter   SA2 as of 07 01                                         Ad X  EW 1171  000000000000000000000  NI Ix cW 117                                           A1 X6    Ist LO  cO    00  O    inodo  rao   O                                                                                                                000000000000000000000                                                                       T1  transformer                                                                po  AC sensitivity card                                  poti sensitivity       TAK5   SA2   XX    F1 P1 Zeichnungs  Nr  PL10244              Se   8 T
5.         for re  14C  conc  120 g L  xl  og duction  Press ENTER to confirm the input  for 3 days 40 g L  Select the amount of addition or reduction and press ENTER   14C  conc  120 g L  la AS to confirm the input  for 3 days  10 g L  After the entered period of time has lapsed  the corresponding animal is displayed as expire  animal and is set back to the concentration plan     7 11 3 Deviations of Concentrate    pa ES Select    Concentrate         deviation  gt   Y concentrate      Ka Move to the next screen  The first line contains information 14C  ei 0 2 kg  oi on the current quantity of concentrate type 1  In the second for 0 days 40 0 kg    line you can raise or reduce the quantity of concentrate for a  certain number of days  starting from the concentrate plan            7 Press ENTER  Enter the number of days for the duration of 14C  Cl 0 2 kg     i Ma addition reduction  for 5 days  0 0 kg  Press ENTER to confirm the input  14C  ei 0 2 kg   43 for 5 days  0 0 kg   25 Press the           key to select         for addition and        for re  1407 ei 0 2 kg   l ES duction  Press ENTER to confirm the input  for 5 days  0 0 kg  Select the amount of addition or reduction and press ENTER   14c  ei 0 2 kg   AS to confirm the input  for 5 days  0 2 kg          After the entered period of time has lapsed  the corresponding animal is displayed as expire  animal and is set back to the concentrate plan     Go to the next screen  For concentrate type 2 proceed as for 120  C2 0 7 kg
6.       Mount the teat bracket with splash board towards the bottom     salio uoc                   Teat at approx   70 cm height                Teat bracket                   Suction hose connection  to mixer  approx  15 cm  d below the teat        Suction hose                                     Mounting the Race Way 21    3 4 Mounting the Race Way    Install an appropriate race way in front of the feeding station resp  the concentrate feeder in  order to prevent the animals from being pushed aside by other animals       Mount the race way according to the mounting instructions     3 5 Connecting Calfscan      Connect the micro identification   Calfscan  according to the mounting instructions     A Install the cable for the micro identification    Calfscan    in such a way that the animals can   not touch it        ncase of Calfscan  carefully check up wiring and program chip  See I plan     Carry out the antenna test in order to check the identification range of the antennas  see  chapter 7 8 3  page 52 ff     Automatic Reading of the Responder Number and Antenna  Test      If identification errors occur  you can set the identification range of the antennas by  the Squelch value  If  in addition  a concentrate feeder is connected  you have to set the  Squelch value of the antenna in    Setup     See chapter 7 3 1  page 36 ff     Setup  Activating  the Concentrate        22    3 6    3 6 1    E E    Water and Milk Connection    Water and Milk Connection           bs     lt  f
7.       ge       E     5    Each identified and available number is assigned later on to the selected group with the ent   ered weight and the daily weight gain     If    Automatic Registration    is still active  all animals to be cancelled    have to be removed from the feeding station     or the Responder has to be taken off    otherwise it may happen that they are reregistered     58    Entering the Correction Days    7 10 Entering the Correction Days          Animal Data  Info          The correction days are intended to shift each animal to any point of the relevant curve of  e g  the feeding plan and the concentration plan  Refer to chapter 9 ff  page 72 ff     Altering  the Operational Data           Positive numbers  with     Enter positive numbers in order to    make the animals older     and to shift them to the right of the curve       Negative numbers  with     Enter negative numbers in order to    make the animals youn   ger    and to shift them to the left of the curve     Turn the program switch to 6 2 animal data and Info  animal data  amp  Info gt   weight  days fed    Press Arrow Right to move to the following screen  2A corr    0 days  expires in 77days    Select the animal number   Press ENTER to confirm the input     Enter the number of correction days and press ENTER to con   firm the input     At registration the animals start on the first day of the curve  Therefore at housing you can   not enter negative numbers  because no animal can be fed prior to t
8.      If no additive is active for none of the animals  the following  message will be displayed     medicine  gt   distribute   additives 3  info   21C  X1 20 g gt   consumed 10 g  238  x 20 g gt   consumed 10 g  21C  X1 20 g gt     yesterday 15 g    21C R1 yesterd   gt   no application    no additive active     104 Additives          Ka Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The display 21C breaks  w add  gt   cu shows the number of breaks with additive today and yester  today 0 yesterd  0  day   Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Here you can 21C X1 rest  ES view the number of remaining days till the end of additive 13d   feed 64 d   gt   distribution as well as the number of feeding days till the end  of the plan   Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The display 21C X1 5g  aot shows whether the corresponding animal gets a decreased or   0 g 100kg   5g  gt     increased additive amount     If electrolyte is dispensed  the abbreviation X    prescription  will be replaced by EL     a    Check Functions 10    12 Check Functions    12 1    Switch Position    Feeding Mode       Feeding station without animal     If milk is fed  the display will show  milk and MP mode    dr warn  0 exp 0    If MP is fed  the display will show  MP mode    dr warn  0 exp 0    The display shows the number of warnings or expire periods   milk and MP mode  dr warn  O exp  O    The display shows whether the machine operates in the ad ad lib yest  250 L  libitum mode and how ma
9.     La    Rat          M AM    Ron       The milk ratio plan is divided into 5 periods  You can enter the milk composition  fresh milk  and milk powder  for each group  Milk and water can be mixed from 30   to 90   in 1   steps  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a heat exchanger with circulation pump  milk  and water can be mixed from 10   to 90   in 1   steps     The milk concentration is determined by the concentration plan in consideration of the milk  value    solid matter content of the milk   Refer to the milk ratio plan in the annex of this  instruction manual     If some animals are fed either with milk or with MP water  you have to allocate them to  different feeding groups   The animals can nevertheless be together in the same group box    In case e g  the animals of group A should only get milk  you have to enter the desired milk  ratio into the milk ratio plan  In case e g  the animals of group B should only get MP water   you have to set the milk ratio to    O    for all periods in the milk ratio plan     Select submenu    Milk Ratio Plan     3  milk ratio plan       Go to the next screen  3  milk ratio plan     group A    gt     Select the group     Move to the next screen  3  A per 1 77 days  fr  100 to 1003  gt     Press ENTER and enter the duration of period 1  3  A per 1 7 days  fr  100 to 100   gt     Press ENTER to confirm the input  3  A per 1 7 days  fr  100 to 100    gt     Enter the milk ratio at the beginning and at the end of the pe   34 A per
10.     T x x  od        O     EN  S   wy y     7 3    APLI AA  AN CH    a  N  oo     x  GST uen N    d N       5  BTI A4    Ben m Se  EE gS Da Mie a  o   lt  LCD display   E 22 e  E a ox gA Wl v St    2 F T Ol F ES  a  a E    0t  interface interface interface interface  Option half body scales KF Master 2 KF Master 1  feeding box 1 2   interface either RS232 or RS422     only RS422  TAK5   SA2   XX    F1 P1 Zeichnungs  Nr  PL10244    e ops      T i Blatt 8  Mikro identification ROSEN ISS CMON Versions   Nr  a S  E AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16 10 2005   aum  Anderung Ind  Datum  Name Name jr G  ltig bis                                                                    SA ELKFL V01 01                                        filter card electrodes                             remove capacitor     BT1 A2 keyboard card                                              As  b  pou  Ko165                                                                             BTI AB   gu i    Tus o co  lt   filter card AC sensitivity card 3  gt     electrodes 9    poti       sensitivity GND   BT1 A7  filter card electrodes 1  t o   i  5  1  ye  2  A lx  NB GND GND  S8  22 1 Eg  BRS ses ES  P B  demnm d a    SE aan GO  03 o B 4  E Br o  dz Ss OF  og       SS  z  SE    ga a  AC sensitivity card for electrodes _ Zeichnungs   Nr  SK10138  d y F  rster Technik GmbH E Blatt 1  SA2 Plus Versions   Nr  a  i Datum 17 10 2003      ezeichnet      von l    Anderung Ind   Datum  Name 2 Name jr G  ltig bis  
11.    8  Check whether the calibration quantity is equal to the target quantity  If not  enter  Additives   v  gt  the amount distributed and repeat calibration process   Detergent   v  gt   Weight days fed   v  gt    weight LWG  gt   days fed reg  date   correction days  gt    expiry C1 C2 plan  Ration day animal  v  gt  feeding   C  gt   feeding concentrat   gt   MP   gt   X1 4 or EL  gt   C1  milk consumed C2  Cancel registration  v  gt  individually  gt    expired animals  gt   all animals  6 Animal Register   v 3   animal no  available  gt    register  Data Register groups  v     animal 1 999 in group   v Identification Numbers  Autom  registration  v  gt  yes no  gt    group weight LWG 1   without transmitter number  Ch istrati 1a  transmitter number available  ange registration   v  gt    change into group   v A 4    g g IOUR Animal No  1 registered in group A B C D  Transmitter inputa v  gt  animal number   transmitter number  gt  antenna test 2  Squelch antenna  Feed  v  gt  duration quantity  XT Concentration   v  gt    duration   quantity  7 Deviations          Concentrate   v  gt   C1 duration   quantity  gt    C2 duration   quantity  Additives   v  gt  duration   quantity  8 Consumpt  Milk req  consumed   v  gt  MP req  consumed   gt    X1 4needed   cons    EL consumed  gt   C1 C2 needed cons   Medicine distribute a v  gt    animal specific distribution group distribution  X 1 4  duration   distribution  automatic prophylaxis 2  quantity  gt   EL distribute   v  gt 
12.    After the animal has drunk up the liquid in the mixer jar the valve control closes the corres   ponding suction pipe and the heat exchanger cleaning starts running  If no entitled animal is  identified within 1 hour  the milk will be pressed out of the stainless steel coil by some wa   ter and subsequently drained off via the mixer outlet valve     If you enter    If Milk Empty Change to MP  no    in menu    Milk Functions     the milk in the  stainless steel coil will not be fed to the animals  It will be pumped out via the mixer outlet  valve before the cleaning process starts running     Functional Steps    Cleaning  HE with Suction Hoses   see chapter 14 3     Rinsing    In this menu you can activate heat exchanger cleaning including the suction hoses and the  milk hose from the milk tank to the automatic feeder  The cleaning process takes place with  detergent if the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing pump that has been  previously selected in Setup     Turn the program switch to position 2   Rinsing  cleaning EN  HE with sponge     Select submenu    HE with Hoses   cleaning ES    HE with hoses     Press Arrow Right to move to next screen  HE with hoses    cleaning   start    Press Start Stop  If you have not activated the detergent do   sing pump in Setup  the cleaning process will take place wi   thout detergent  If required  you can add some detergent    manually    If you have activated the detergent dosing pump in Setup  clean HE   after pressin
13.    F4     Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge     Down arrow to  cleaning settings     Right arrow to enter this submenu  Display reads  cleaning settings heat exchanger    Down arrow to  cleaning settings suction hose     Right arrow into this section  Display reads  clean hose pipe group A no     Select the group  then change display to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter     Then right arrow again  amp  display reads  group X from 35 day of the feeding plan   Enter the day to start the flushing  say day 20  then confirm with  enter      Clear leftovers  14 5 4     If a calf leaves some milk in the mixer  you can set the unit to drain this away  amp  flush the mixer  after a specified time  range 0 99 min  suggest 5 min      Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge     Down arrow to  cleaning settings     Right arrow to enter this submenu  Display reads  cleaning settings heat exchanger    Down arrow to  cleaning settings remaining portion     Right arrow into this section  Display reads  remaining portion empty   no     Change display to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter     Then right arrow again  amp  display reads  remain portion after 30 min empty    Enter the farmer s desired time delay  say 5 minutes  then confirm with  enter      F5  Detergent  14 5 5    This sets the detergent quantity per litre of water    Use alkali detergent from the dairy  Read the recommended mixing rate on the label of the  detergent container   amp  cal
14.    Move to the next screen  424 max  quantity  gt   group A  50      Select the group   Press ENTER  Enter the maximum quantity as a percentage  of the day quantity     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Standard value  maximum quantity for all four groups 50       al    Limited Quantities 8    9 5 4 Carryover of the Concentrate    PS ES Select submenu    Carryover     15  concentrate  gt   Y carryover     E Move to the next screen  15  carryover  gt   Rat Gr A   no   ES ES Select the group  15  carryover  gt   Gr A   no       pe ES Select    yes    or    no     Press ENTER to confirm the input  15  carryover  gt   x ene Gr A   yes       Carryover  yes    means that the carryover is bound to the minimum save up quantity      Carryover  no    means that the remaining quantity is not carried over to the following day     Standard value     Carryover  no       86    Warning Levels    9 6 Warning Levels    Milk    Concentrate    The warning levels determine the warning threshold  i e  the time or the value when a war   ning is triggered  All warning levels are fixed per group    Chapter 13    Warnings     page 111 contains more detailed information on the different types  of warnings     There are milk related warning levels for consumption  feeding speed and breaks     There are concentrate related warning levels for warning today  day warning and 3 day  warning  You can suppress the concentrate warning for a certain time because at the begin   ning little animals do not relia
15.    animal specific distribution group distribution  EL  duration   distribution  automatic prophylaxis  gt    quantity  gt   Medicine prescription  select prescription 1 4   X1 4 g 100kg g day  distribution to all portions  per  1 5  9 Additives make out   v ES  gt    g l  yes no 1 2 times day  gt   duration   quantity in g l  gt    per visit  number of days without milk  gt                       EL presc make out   v  gt        Remaining portion with    additive  block   v  gt     block yes   no          Additives  info   v  gt        application today    yes  no  gt        application yesterday  yes   no  gt     breaks with additive  today   yesterday                Function Table  Keyboard Menu    10          Operating Functions                                                                                                                                                                                                 1 Machine Data date  time  gt    station no  prg  vers   prg  concentrate  gt    operating days  2  Restricted Ad libitum today ad lib yester   gt    ad lib milk ratio  gt   ad lib concentration  gt    ad lib additive  3 Mik Functions milk functions A v  gt   milk mode 2  change to MP  gt    milk value  gt    milk expelling  gt   milk ratio  one heat  circ  yes   no  milk ratio plan A V  group  v  gt   period 1   5  gt    duration milk ratio plan   feeding plan  4  Accustoming Aid feeding box  v     2   accustom at box A V for         minutes  gt  priority war
16.    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  All ope   rational data are deleted and overwritten by standard values     3    instruction manual  read   no    instruction manual  read   yes    99 new installation  finished    99 new installation  operat data   no    99 new installation  operat data   yes    al    36 Setup    7 3 Setup    In Setup you can select the additional functions concerning concentrate  animal scales  heat  exchanger and printing and enter the baud rate for the PC and the concentrate feeders  In  addition  in this menu you can test the interfaces  register and cancel the feeding stations  In  Setup you can also set the draining time    If the Stand Alone is equipped with a fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning or and a de   tergent dosing pump or and a device for compressed air cleaning  you have to select these  functions in Setup  too     As the program is menu driven  all non selected functions are not displayed and cannot be  used  If e g  you do not select the concentrate in Setup  the concentrate menus will not be  displayed     7 3 1 Activating the Concentrate    Keyboard Turn program switch to 10   keyboard    0   e  Enter 5 and press ENTER to confirm the input  The display 5  setup EN  ko am shows the menu    Concentrate     concentrate    ES Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen of submenu 5  silo 1 amp 2     GH    Concentrate     available no  Foi ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the silo   5  silo 182   gt   Y available n
17.   140  15 1 Service and Maintenance of the Automatic Feeder      140  15 1 1 The Day after the First Commissioning      141  15 1 2 Carrying Out a Regular Check Routine      142  OR Wu tee DEE 142  15 2 Service and Maintenance of the Concentrate Feeder      143  B due n IT 144  Error Messages  hace ER aan at io 145  17 1 Checking the Calibration Values of the Mik    145  17 2 The Heat Exchanger ls Not Active      145  17 3 The Feeding Mode CutsOoft  sme 145  17 4  The Data Are Deleted  i ces eee tes er a OE IDEE E REDE ae 145  17 5 The Supply Electrode is Earthed          0 00    ccc ete 146  17 6  Milk  Shortage  o REN ERE Dt i eg Gea Be 146  17 7  Water Shortage    cce Rep ee EAR TR Re RD RA RR ant oa 147  17 8 Power Failures   Backups   Water and Milk Checks               000  eee eects 147  Animal Scales ve SIN EEN NEIE p pr e RE ERR  ERE ER ER E m cd 149    18 1 Testing Connection  Taring Animal Scales Carrying Out Weighing                       149    Table of contents 7    19  Accessories ii cud ako kac Race caa da Ra x ac fe rc e C a 151  19 1 Double BOX    master een ee eae eles eels m eoe a ette et M Rete d eg cs 151  19 2 Additive Dispenser Powder and Additive Dispenser Liquid               ocooocoooomo    152  19 3 Electrical Vapour Screen for MP  and Powder Additive Outlet    153  19 4 Fully Automatic Heat Exchanger Cleaning               000 c eee eee nn 154  19 5 Detergent Dosing  Pump  ae 2 P Pee Fle u ans 155  19 6  Fly Protection Door is  cents KEE Be DEC PA
18.   WV concentrate type 1  for 0 days  0 0 kg    ul     ech    Entering Deviations  Addition Reduction  6    7 11 4 Deviations of Additives    This submenu is displayed only if additive distribution is active     pa ES Select submenu    Additives         deviation ES  Y additives    E Go to the next screen  In the first line are displayed the num    14c  x1 20g 100kg  oi ber of the active prescription  X 1 4   whether an electrolyte  for 0 d   0g 100kg    is active or not and the amount of the current day quantity  In  the second line you can raise  enter          or reduce  enter           the additive amount for a certain number of days     i Press ENTER  Enter the number of days for the duration of 14C  X1 20g 100kg    t b addition reduction  for 4 d   0g 100kg  pa Press ENTER to confirm the input  14C  X1 20g 100kg  ES for 4 d   09 100kg        8 ES Press the           key to select         for addition and         for re  14C  X1 20g 100kg  xl ES             duction  Press ENTER to confirm the input  for 4 d   0g 100kg  i Select the amount of addition or reduction and press ENTER   14c  xi 20g 100kg  Ma AS to confirm the input  for 4 d   8g 100kg  After the entered period of time has lapsed  the corresponding animal is displayed as expire  animal  From then on the animal no longer gets addition reduction     62    Accustoming Aid    7 12 Accustoming Aid    Keyboard          If the automatic feeder is equipped with two feeding stations  one station can be temporarily  block
19.   Y    Press ENTER to confirm the input        Ww    ge       If in Setup no scales have been activated  the cursor automati   12B  weight 55 kg  cally jumps to the following screen  LWG  561 g day     p             h     ee       m  h        pP    Registering the Animals 55    Enter animal   s weight and press ENTER to confirm the input   12B  weight 55 kg  LWG  561 g day    It is indispensable to key in animals    weight if during the feeding period weight dependent  additive prescriptions are fed  This ensures that the animals automatically get the additive  amount corresponding to their weight     How to correct misentries relating to weight and group     If an animal has not been allocated to the desired group  in submenu    Change Registration     you can rectify this manual input as soon as registration has been completed     If the entered weight is wrong  in submenu    Weight and Feeding Days    you can rectify this  manual input     Setting housing date     At registration the current date is automatically taken over as housing date  You cannot  change this date     At registration all animals start on the first day of the feeding plans     After registration has been completed  the display shows the 1A  is registered  following message    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the proximate avai   13a register in B   lable animal number     Press ENTER  The display automatically shows the group 13B  weight 55 kg  selected last as well as the last weight input  Pres
20.   Y box 1   16 sec    pa Press ENTER to confirm the input  5  draining time  ES box 1   16 sec       x Enter draining time in seconds and press ENTER  5  draining time  Ma ES box 1   20 sec     Standard value for draining time  16 seconds  Potential input  10 to 60 seconds        7 3 7 Portion    Distribution pause    The distribution pause regulates milk distribution  As soon as the automatic feeder starts to  prepare the milk  the stop valve or the two group valve unit close for the duration of the  entered distribution pause  Set a distribution pause only if you utilize not readily soluble  milk powders or in case of very high concentrations   gt  200 g L  and extreme drinking  speeds     2 L min      To ensure that the animals are fed as soon as they enter the feeding station  the first milk  portion is distributed without taking the distribution pause into account  After the last por   tion has been distributed to the animal  the valve closes only at the end of the entered drai     ning time   ps ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Distribution  54 setup  gt   Y Pause   distrib  pause        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER  5  distrib  pause  oi   Bus to open the memory  0 sec   5 Enter the desired distribution pause  Potential input  O to 16 5  distrib  pause  Mes AS seconds  7 sec        42    pp    Setup    Press ENTER to confirm the input     Mixer run time    In submenu    Mixer run time    you can extend the standard mixing t
21.   amp  confirm  with  enter   this automatically changes the  feed according to plan  screen to  no     Right arrow again 4 display reads  group X start 0 5kg end 2 0kg    To change these values  press  enter  to open the displayed fields  then enter the  desired values  then confirm with  enter      for the powder additive dispenser    The additive dispenser only holds  amp  dispenses 1 additive at a time  but the keyboard can store  prescriptions for up to 4 medicines or supplements   amp  1 electrolyte   The keyboard refers to the additives as   medicine or supplement 1 4 X1 4   electrolyte EL    A  Configuration  When you install the additive dispenser it does not have to be entered in  setup  on the keyboard     B  Additive  plans   Additives require data entry in 2 keyboard fields    1  make out a prescription  farmers can enter  amp  store prescriptions  amp  fill out the  distribution  fields when required   2  distribute the prescription  which calves get it     There are separate keyboard fields for    the medicines  amp  supplements  X1 X4     the electrolyte  EL     for medicines  amp  supplements  X1 4  B11 Make out a prescription  Turn dial to 9  additives   Display reads  medicine   distribute    Down arrow to  medicine   prescr make out   Right arrow  amp  display reads  prescr 1 select   Select the prescription number  1 4   amp  right arrow into that submenu  The medicine   supplement can be prescribed in 3 ways        via the amount drunk  g l     via calf 
22.   ene       92 Milk Functions    Press ENTER to confirm the input  After the automatic feeder has commuted to the milk  este  powder mode resp  the milk water mix mode  the missing milk will be replaced by water  and MP     The concentration of a feeding portion is always taken from the concentration plan  If the  entered concentration value is below or above the milk value  either water or MP will be  added to the milk  In the milk water mix mode  MP is automatically added to the water  until the concentration set in the concentration plan is reached     Standard value for the milk value  120 g MP litre    10 4 Activating Milk Expelling    ES If the automatic feeder operates in the milk mode  a warm 34 Milk expelling  S milk portion in the heat exchanger is always ready for de  after 1 5 h pause  mand  This milk portion can be replaced by a water portion    after a set time  The heat exchanger is then filled with water  and not with milk anymore           ES Press ENTER  Enter a pause  Potential input  1 to 9 hours   ene     pee  N   Press ENTER to confirm the input   gne  ndi The pause is defined as the time after dispense of the last milk portion  After this time has  apsed the milk portion in the heat exchanger is replaced by a water portion  The portion in    the mixer jar is released for the animal that is identified next  If the animal does not drink up  the available milk  the remaining portion will be pumped off automatically via the mixer  outlet valve after a set t
23.   laxis is active  in future  after housing  each animal will automatically get the entered  electrolyte prescription     The electrolyte can also be fed alternately to the milk  In this case  after an animal has clai    med the milk amount to which it is entitled  feeding will be blocked for 2 hours  After the 2  hours have lapsed  the animal will be entitled to the available electrolyte drinking  Feeding   is then blocked once again for 2 hours  After the 2 hours have lapsed  the animal may drink  the available milk  If the animal only gets electrolyte drinking  the pause between the diffe   rent electrolyte drinkings has to be 4 hours     Turn the program switch to 9   additives  The display shows  medicine    distribute    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to the menu    Distri  electrolyte EN   bute Electrolyte     distribute     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  animal specific  gt   distribution     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select whether the medi   cine has to be distributed to individual animals or to a group  or to all animals as a prophylaxis     Press Arrow Right  The display shows once again the dura   EL g L  gt   tion of distribution as well as the concentration of the electro  for 5 days 20 g L  lyte solution     In the next screen you have to activate electrolyte distribu  5B  EIL  tion  apply no  Enter    yes    if you want to distribute electrolyte to an indivi  5B  EL  dual animal  apply yes    Enter    no    if you do not want to dis
24.   tergent anymore     Annex    Standard   Feeding Plan Group A    xen  0      uw  1 93    Shep 6p  Ce  en  3      un  1 02  s  ep vL Gd     xen  703  uw  1 8 sep VL Ed  sennueno poeuuirT  paepue1s    s  eg BuipeoeJ    din BA ZS  SAep Z4  1e101    7 6 021 01031 woy S  Bp 77  Ld  uejduonedue2uo   pIepue s    71 827   s  ep Z4  1e101       goot  sote    ep Jed saei  ur vum    1923078 uoi s  ep Zy bd  180198 wou s  ep 8   Cd  18019 Y  s  ep p   Zd  19019 wou sAep EC Led    ue d Buipoo pauepueis    y dnous uejd DuipoeoeJ  p  epueIs  9uo V PUEIS    en  1 0      uw  1 S2  skep Zt Ce   Ken  19  2  UIN  102  sien PL Ze   en  1 02  uw  1S sep EL Le  sennueno poeyuirT  pyepuejs    s  eg BuipeoeJ    din BA ot   s  ep OZ  1e101    7 6 021 01031 wo s  ep OZ  Le  ue d uoneguo2u002  pJepueis    1 18     s  ep 02  1e10     Annex    1923019 Wwoy sep CP  182014 woy s  ep OS  Cd  14014 woy skep L      ed    12019 uo sep PL  Ld  ue d Buipee J paepueis       o Q0    0 I0 TON CO      ep Jed s  oy   ur vum    Standard   Feeding Plan Group B    g dno15 uejd Buipoeoe    P  epueIs  9uo v Puels    Annex    Standard   Feeding Plan Group C    xen  0      uw  1 9 2  s  ep 9     Ce   xeiN  3 sz  u  1 0 z Sep TL Ze   xen  31 0  2  uw  1 971 SAPP vL Led  sennueno poejurq  pJepuels s  ep Buipa9     IN  IN    din BA ge   s  ep v9  1e101    7 6 021 01031 wo Sien Y9  Ld  ue d uonegjue2uo2  pJepue1s    791     SAep v9  1e101    193019 woy s  ep GE itd  9 01 9 woy s  ep  Z Cd  19016 woy skep 9 Zd    q 9 0  G woy sk
25.   valve part   supporting ring  7721 0097 679 Ventilteil   Membrane  valve part   diaphragm  7721 0097 677 Ventilteil   Ventilk  rper  valve part   valve body  7721 0097 145 Magnetventilgeh  use 91711 2 2 Wege  Ventil geschlossen  solenoid valve body  2 2 way valve  default closed   7721 0098 223 O Ring 26x1 2 NBR 70 Shore  Gruppenventil   0 ring 26 0x1 3mm  7721 0097 146 Magnetventilgrundplatte 91711 mit Schlaucht  lle und O Ring  solenoid valve plate  with nozzle and o ring  7721 0091 711 2 2 Wege  Ventil  geschlossen 230V 50 60Hz 7 0mm mit T  lle n   2 2 way valve  default closed  230V 50 60Hz with nozzle  7721 0040 550 Stecker f  1 4  Steckverschraubung ID 7 L 45 AD 9 0mm  plug for 1 4  plug type connector ID 7 L 45 ED 9 0mm  7721 0040 549 Steckverschraubung 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm  plug type bolting 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm  7721 0091 626 O Ring 16 0x2 5mm NBR 70 Shore  O ring 16 0x2 5mm NBR 70 Shore  7721 0098 345 Handgesteuerte Antr  nkpumpe mit 23cm Kabel  Hand operated feed conveying pump  7721 0040 547 2 2 Wege Ventil  geschlossen 230V 50 60Hz mit Steckverschr   2 2 way valve  closed 230V 50 60Hz with plug type bolting    Kok OK OK Ok ck ck ck ch ck ck ch ck ck ck  Cock Ok OK ck ck Ok k  Absperrventil Sp  lventil manuelle Antr  nkp  TAS mit Druckt   stop valve circ valve manual feeding pump TAS w push button    40605   10 01       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  19  spare part lists    Sp  lmitteldosierpumpe TAS TA6  detergent dosing pump SA2  SM2     Teilen
26.   yellow   green                   pup ddiooooooooooooooooooooo       wur c    HIT UMOIQ                                                                                                                       LT1 Al  power card                                                  Tl  transformer                   ps          o     o     5    lis          O O OO O0 O0    n       mm SL uru u          in case of problems with the electrode in the mixer jar   the liquid in the mixer jar overflows resp  there is lack of water      install an additional bonding point                    Anderung          Ind    Datum       Name       Improvement of Bonding on SA2 Plus                         8 Zeichnungs  Nr  SK10071  F  rster Technik GmbH   Blatt  Versions  Nr  a  3 Datum 28 02 2002  G  ltig ab  28 02 2002 T  gezeichnet       von Bl  tter  Name G  ltig bis           Ersatzteillisten      spare part lists      f  r K  lbertr  nkeautomat    for Calf Feeder       40895   11 01       Pos     Item    003    006    009    012    015    018    021    024    027    030    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  2  spare part lists    TAKS SA2 P1  40895  40895  Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description  Pulverf  rderung  powder supply 3 5 230V  Intensivmixer    intensive mixer  Milch Wasserversorgung TAK5 2 fach VA Pumpe o  Steckverschr   milk and water supply TAKS  double  stainless steel pump  Milch Wasserversorgung TAK5 6 2 fach V A Pumpe   ab  01 06 01  milk water inlet   as of  01 06 01  Gr
27.  0040 414 Pumpe  VA 230V 60Hz 250W mit BR Pumpenrad o Pumpenbl  kompl   pump StSt 230V 60Hz 250W w BR pump wheel w o pump pl  compl   078 7721 0010 211 Wellendichtung f  r Milchpumpe mit Keil und Seegerring  shaft seal for milk pump  081 7721 0090 305 Reparatursatz f  r V A Pumpe 230V 50Hz  repair set for pump VA 230V 50Hz  084 7721 0040 030 Reparatursatz f  r V A Pumpe 230V 60Hz  repair set for StSt pump 230V 60Hz  087 7721 0098 292 Pumpendeckel VA  pump cover VA  099 7721 0096 342 R  ckschlagventil f  r Milchpumpe  Bronzeausf  mit Dichtungen  non return valve for milk pump   bronze with seals  108 7721 0060 160 Dichtung 18 5x12 0x2mm hart Vulkanfiber rot  washer 18 12 2mm graphitized  120 7721 0040 361 St  ssel mit AG 1 2  L 88mm TAS sw24  tappet with exterior thread 1 2  88mm TA5 sw24  123 7721 0099 665 Ventilteil   Teileset Magnetventil 8 5  valve component   set solenoid valve 8 5  126 7721 0091 513 Ventilteil   Magnetteil 13 36 8 5  valve component   magnet unit 13 36 8 5  129 7721 0090 686 Ventilteil   Plungerrohr    valve component   plunger guidance    40352   01 01    105      IV    De    2  P    129          123       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  5  spare part lists    Milch Wasserversorgung TAKS 2 fach VA Pumpe o  Steckverschr   milk and water supply TAKS  double  stainless steel pump    40352  40352  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned str
28.  1 7 days  riod  Press ENTER  fr  100 to 100    gt     Move to the next screen for the periods 2 to 5 and proceed as  3  A per 2 28 days  with period 1  fr  100 to 25  2    Go to the next screen  The display shows the duration of the 3  plan  77 days  milk ratio plan and the feeding plan  feed  plan  77 days    Standard value for all 4 groups   Milk ratio period 1   100      Periods 2   5 are not active by standard        al    Additives 9    11 Additives    Two additive dispensers are available  one for powder and another for liquid additives   Please note that you cannot utilize both dispensers simultaneously     In addition  a special electrolyte program allows you to prevent or treat scours     Electrolyte and milk can be fed alternately  On the one hand this ensures that the animals  are provided with the vital nutriments of the milk  on the other hand the electrolyte compen   sates for the loss of liquid thus stabilizing the mineral balance     Do not administer the electrolyte solution together with the milk  This may limit its effecti   veness     The switch menu    Additives    contains the following submenus       Distribute medicine     Distribute electrolyte     Make out medicine prescriptions     Make out electrolyte prescriptions     Block remaining portion with additive    Additives Info    Below you will find the description of all steps that have to be taken to activate a prescrip   tion or to allocate it to individual animals or groups  Please observe the pa
29.  115  13 2 4   Additive  Alarm    ia bee fe be RS ERES XGA ket Pe 115  13 2 5 Unknown Transmitters      116  19 3 Concentrate Alarms  ahe ea 000 a a n sh 117  13 4 Expire Date    oo etae eeu dens are De Edens RR 118  13 5 Animal Data and Info         oooccoocccccoocccnc nennen nenn nn 120  13 521   Weight  Days Fed  o ces eese ch erahnen eee thee ae re ne 120  13 5 2 Ration Day Animal              0 00 nennen rennen 122  13 5 3  Cancel Registration evita eser ep hy Rer abe ee ar peat a 123  13 5 4 Change Registration      124  19 6  CONSUMPTION   rx da Ho I en Hs Uer rcs De b eR S a 125  19 7  Total  CONSUMPRION  ctm edes A at a ea De D as ts 126  Cleaning    ouai a Ce e I EE 127  14 1  JAE WIR SPONGE cou tie ote Hed eat de eio aa ta anes 127  14 2   Heat Exchanger  ne Lucho nc E EI moet ct b E ee 128  14 3 Heat Exchanger with Suction Hoses      130  14 4   Mer ie  Di ee x nate e abet xac aote tet 132  14 4 1 Automatic Mixer Cleaning  Time Controlled       132  14 4 2 Calling Up Automatic Mixer Cleaning Manually      133  14 4 8 Compressed Air Cleaning      134  14 5    Cleaning Settings         eur  pee ERR TRAC ER e ue aM T Rte pe i Pa 134  14 5 1 Cleaning Settings Heat Exchange    134  14 5 2 Cleaning Settings Mixer      135  14 5 3 Cleaning Settings Suction Hose    136  14 5 4 Cleaning Settings Remaining Portion              0 000 cece ees 137  14 5 5 Cleaning Settings Detergent      138  14 5 6 Cleaning Settings Compressed Air Cleaning      138  Service and Maintenance  
30.  22 43 Rei RUE ERR ped tee ne UE LEX Gd    Table of contents 5    9 1 1 Age Dependent Drinking      72  9 1 2  WEANING     ua   iu ki ENEE aa aa xdg 74   9 2     Concentration Plans tases eese tat Lees eine ee este en nnd 76  9 3     Concentrate  Plans  ut das pee Aa a ea ee 77  9 4   Entitlement Intervals aen ie ceo en re Gr ee ie ee LE 79  941  c EeedingIntervals rc EEE 79  9 4 2 Concentrate Intervals      80   9 5  Limited QUANTITIOS i  srn lh Sateen  ei det E Ds 81  9 5 1 Minimum Save Up Quantity and Maximum Quantity for Milk                       82  9 5 2 Carryover of the Mik    83  9 5 3 Limited Quantities for Concentrate      84  9 5 4 Carryover of the Concentrate          0      ccc nennen nennen nennen 85   9 6     Warning  Levels  usse th caddies RS A ee Ah e Alp ei dda AN UE RAE RUE 86  9 6 1 Warning Levels for Mik    86  9 6 2 Warning Levels for Concentrate      87   9 7 Machine Data  Station Number      88  9 8 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode      89  9 8 1 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode  Automatic Feeder       89  9 8 2 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode  Concentrate Feeders       90   10  Milk Functions  se HB gei de 91  10 1 Selecting the Milk Mode      91  10 2 Commuting to Milk Powder Mode      91  10 3 Entering the Milk Value      91  10 4 Activating Milk Expelling      92  10 5 Selecting the Milk Ratio for Change Over to Single Heating Circuit                      93  10 6 Entering the Milk Ratio Plan    94  1T AddillV8S  sa ea Ye bae aW A EE WEE RYE RAE 95  11 1 Making O
31.  Boiler  Keep the manual key    Water    pressed until an air bubble free water jet flows  into the mixer jar  Only then the boiler is filled with water       Stainless steel coil  Press the manual keys    Water    and    Pump    simultaneously in order  to open the water valve to the stainless steel coil located inside the heat exchanger  Press  both keys until an air bubble free water jet flows into the mixer jar  The water does flow  into the mixer jar but the boiler is not filled with water     32 Start Up    6 3 Dry Running Protection for Circulation Pump  if available       Open the door on the right hand side of the automatic feeder       Plugin the connecting plug of the circulation pump only after you have filled the heat  exchanger with water     Q    M    E  0  Circulation pump    N    S      4 connect     6 4 Deaerating the Circulation Pump  if available       Remove the cover  loosen the deaeration screw and wait until some water comes out          Fasten the deaeration screw   e Fix the cover     After 1   2 days  deaerate the circulation pump once again     6 5 Filling the Milk Powder into the Powder Hopper      Only fill in milk powder that is suitable for calf feeding  Do not put paper or other  foreign matter into the powder hopper     Start Up 33    There is no warning when the powder hopper is empty  The automatic feeder continues  working in the feeding mode without milk powder     6 6 Filling the Milk Storage Tank    The milk has always to be clean  Stra
32.  Feeder and Concentrate Feeder 63    8 Functioning of Automatic Feeder and Concentrate Feeder    After the animals  A  B  C  D  have been registered in a group  they are fed according to the  corresponding plans     The current drinking or concentrate entitlement is determined in the interval feeding system  according to the corresponding plan  The feed requirements are accumulated from interval  to interval and demand is possible as soon as the minimum saved quantity is reached  As of  8 p m  the total amount of non consumed feed will be available until midnight calculation     Interval Feed System   Basic function    Animal with 5 L milk per day  1 5 L minimum saved quantity and 2 0 L maxi   mum quantity  20 entitlement intervals  1 clearing interval    Save up amount in litres                                                                   5 SC  EGERIT  4 ro l      __    r       il available 1 5   MER   3 zx  consump  1 51 T mel    delay  r    2 maximum quantity             minimum save up                   available 3 5    1 Feed limitation  e consump  201    available 1 5    N consump  1 51  0  2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24  hours  1 2 438 12   13   14   15   16   17   18   19   20                            4 5 8 7 8 9 10 11          pres pee  e nee pep        clearing time  Interval                Minimum save up quantity     The available feed quantity increases continuously from interval to interval  Milk or concen   trate are dispensed only after the minimum sav
33.  Group D 1  7 days 1 5L    14 days 2 0L  14 days 25L    36 days 3 0 L    5  not active as a standard       9 5 2 Carryover of the Milk    A E Select submenu    Carryover     15  feeding   gt   Y carryover      Go to the next screen  15  carryover  gt   Rat Gr A   no   pa p Select the group  15  carryover  gt   Gr A   no         b  Select    yes    or    no    and press ENTER to confirm the input  15  carryover  gt   xl  este  Gr A   yes       Carryover  yes    means that the carryover is bound to the minimum save up quantity      Carryover  no    means that the remaining quantity is not carried over to the following day     A    Standard value     Carryover  no       84    Limited Quantities    9 5 3 Limited Quantities for Concentrate    Keyboard   0     O     KR    p    A       gne          h     gne       wu Ww    SR    SS    gne          h     gne       Pr    Pr    lb    p    pP    Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 42 and press ENTER  42  concentrate  gt     minimum save up     Select submenu    Minimum Save Up     42  concentrate  gt     minimum save up       Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  42  save up  gt   group A  10     Select the group  42  save up  gt   group A  10     Press ENTER  Enter the minimum save up quantity as a per   centage of the day quantity     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Standard value  minimum save up quantity for all four groups 10 46     Select submenu    Maximum quantity   42  concentrate  gt   max  quantity  
34.  If an entitled animal enters the feeding station within this  time  the automatic feeder will start preparing at least two portions of water milk powder     130    Cleaning    After the animal has drunk up the liquid in the mixer jar  the valve control closes the corres   ponding suction pipe and the heat exchanger cleaning starts running  If no entitled animal is  identified within 1 hour  the milk will be pressed out of the stainless steel coil by some wa   ter and then drained off via the mixer outlet valve     If you select    If Milk Empty Change to MP  no    in menu    Milk Functions     the milk in the  stainless steel coil will not be fed to the animals  It will be pumped out via the mixer outlet  valve before the cleaning process starts running     14 3 Heat Exchanger with Suction Hoses    Rinsing    pp    E            p    If the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing pump that has been previously  selected in Setup  the heat exchanger and the suction hoses including the milk hose leading  from the milk tank to the automatic feeder may be cleaned with detergent     You will find more detailed information on the individual functional steps in chapter    Func   tional Steps  Cleaning the Heat Exchanger with Suction Hoses  in the annex of this instruc   tion manual     Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning 5  HE with sponge     Select submenu    HE with Hoses     cleaning  gt   HE with hoses     Press Arrow Right to move to next screen  HE wit
35.  Kabel Pulverf  rderung SA2 Plus   cable for powder supply SA2 Plus  7721 0040 245 Kabel Wasserventil BO SA2 Plus   cable for water valve BO SA2 Plus  7721 0040 249 Kabel Tr  nkestandventil SA2 Plus   cable for box valve SA2 Plus  7721 0040 251 Kabel Ablaufventil Mixer SA2 Plus   cable for outlet valve SA2 Plus  7721 0040 246 Kabel Wasserventil WT SA2 Plus   cable for water valve HE SA2 Plus  7721 0040 247 Kabel Milchpumpe SA2 Plus   cable for milk pump SA2 Plus  7721 0040 248 Kabel Milchventil SA2 Plus   cable for milk valve SA2 Plus  7721 0040 250 Kabel Spiilventil WT SA2 Plus   cable for circulation valve HE SA2 Plus  7721 0040 242 Kabel Zusatzdosierer Pulver SA2 Plus   cable for doser SA2 Plus  7721 0041 258 Kabel Druckluftventil SA2 Plus   cable compressed air valve SA2 Plus  7721 0040 255 Kabel Sp  lmittelpumpe SA2 Plus   cable for detergent pump SA2 Plus  7721 0090 081 Steckdose GDM 3009 schwarz   socket GDM 3009 black  7721 0090 082 Steckdose GDM 3009 grau   socket GDM 3009 grey  7721 0090 077 R  ndelschraube 35mm lang   knurled screw  length 35mm    41034   09 01       Pos   Item  096  099  105    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  17  spare part lists    Leistungsteil  power unit    41034  41034  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0010 229 Drucktaster 1 polig kurz Schliesse
36.  PE S0Hz  EH    nin  LV1 power distribution unit  mis b SCH  ine plu o SE  plug d    be line filter  brown m 1 r2 o es  L Fe      brown  black 344 12  black L3 SES 1L3 LINE LOAD  blue   I DE  EA   t e        Soe Ngo pe blue      green  yellow BE px            0                green  yellow            I eh  Ss        7 m        LV1 X2 L   WT1 X1 2 WW En 13   frame  8 minimum working temp    heating overheating    thermostat   thermostat   thermostat     WT1 S3    42   43  C     38 40 C  1    Wn St  1  WT1 S2  1    look at page 7 YH ve Avi    2   2 2  L EMI E  T    WTI H1  400V  A yellow  heating control lamp  amp  Q         WTI E  heating  1       M 2L1 230V  y  400V 2700W  TAK5 SA2 27 F1   400V       blue      AN       3 0  400V 3800W  TAK5 SA2 38 P1  green  yellow BE     gt    WT1 heat exchanger   approximate values temperature settings  TAK5   SA2   XX F1  P1 a E Zeichnungs Nr  PL10244 ELT a  Mikro identification PCI Hg Versions   Nr  a     AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum _ 16 10 2003  umm          Anderung       Ind           Datum  Name                   ame jr G  ltig bis                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    0 1 2 3 4 6 7 9   LT1 A1 power card  LTI A1 power card     F19 M2 5A    F20 M1A  A 2350V   valves 250V  valves  gt  40     F17 T4A  4   250V  motor 250V  moto
37.  SA  7721 0040 954 W  rmetauscher 5 P1 5 0KW 400V SA   heat exchanger 5 P1 5 0KW 400V SA    2090  2 MODE         SR  On       N Y  TEM S    18 19       Pos     Item    001    002    005    009    012    015    018    021    024    027    030    037    038    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  11  spare part lists    Intensivmixer  intensive mixer    96501  96501  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0040 646 Mixerglas mit 1 2 T  llen und Elektrodenklemme TAS SA  mixer glass with 1 2 nozzles and electrode binder TA5 SA  7721 0098 079 Mixerglas mit 1 2 T  llen beheizt 230V 42V 24V A  mixer glass  heating  7721 0097 075 Mixerglas mit 1 2 T  llen und Elektrodenklemme  mixer glass  with 2 nozzles and sensor clip with screw  7721 0030 055 Elektrodenklemme mit Schraube  sensor clip with screw  7721 0097 272 Mixermotorabdeckung mit Verdrahtung und Entst  rung f  Intens   bis  30 09 00  covering for mixer motor with wiring   up till  30 09 00  7721 0070 746 Fl  gelmutter M8 Durchgangsgewinde verz   wing nut M8  span 68mm  7721 0097 080 Mixermotor 230V 50 60Hz kompl   mixer motor assembly   N 230V 50Hz  7721 0071 741 St  tzelement f  r Mixer  support element for long life mixer  7721 0080 019 O Ring 58 0x3 0mm NBR 50 Shore  Mixermotor   O ring 58x3mm for mixer motor  7721 0080 020 Gleitringdicht
38.  The connections in the milk pipe have to be leakproof   For hygienic reasons  avoid gross differences of diameter  Only use couplings easy to clean     If the automatic feeder only operates in water mode  close the milk connection by means of  a blind plug  part of the delivery      24 Location and Installation of the Concentrate Feeder    4 Location and Installation of the Concentrate Feeder    e For location and installation of the concentrate feeder  refer to the instruction manual and  the wiring diagram of    Codatron Junior        Operation and Operating Elements 25    5 Operation and Operating Elements    5 1 Operating Elements    5 1 1 Program Switch and Switch Menu  Turn the program switch to select the switch menus  switch position 1 to 9      Switch Menu    Feeding Mode    Keyboard Rinsing         Alarms    Animal Data   amp  Info    5 1 2 Keyboard and Keyboard Menu    Turn the program switch to position 10 to select the keyboard menus  If the program switch  is on position 2   10 the keyboard is active  If you press any active key  a bleep will be emit   ted     Keyboard       26    Operation and Operating Elements    You will find the keyboard menus at the lower part of the operating unit     10  Keyboard Menu    Operating Functions    Verification Functions    Delete Functions    Machine Data                     1 Alarm Levels                    20 Feed Delay   Consumption    90  Restricted   Ad Libitum       2 List Printing                      21 New Installa
39.  The minimum pellet feed is 20g  10  of daily allowance  so this will become available at 2am   If this young calf entered the pellet feeder soon after 2am  amp  just 20g of pellets were dropped  into the feed bowl  this might not be enough to  a  attract the calf s attention so that it eats them  or  b  create a sufficiently pleasant A memorable experience so the calf remembers it  amp  keeps  coming back to the pellet feeder for more   Pavlov s dog   That s why there s the option of adding a  bonus  to the first pellet feed each day for every calf     C plan  amp  C consump are just different ways of calculating the  bonus    With each of them  the range you can enter is 0 0   9 9       C plan  is a percentage of that day s pellet allowance   C consump  is a percentage of daily pellet consumption averaged over the last 3 days     For very young calves  C plan probably works better   amp  I suggest you set it at 5 075    For a calf entitled to just O 2kg day  the first pellet feed will have a 10g bonus  which should  make the feed a touch more attractive  amp  memorable   amp  hopefully the calf learns to go back for  more faster     The bonus can be set higher  up to 9 9    but remember that the setting applies equally to all  calves on the system  At 9 975 an older calf with a daily pellet entitlement of 2 5kg will get 250g  bonus in their first feed each day  which may be a bit too generous   amp  perhaps even dangerous    In my opinion 5  is a safer compromise     D  Cal
40.  Y cancel registrat       Go to the next screen  In the second line are displayed the re   14A cancel   no  gt   maining days until the end of the feeding plan for the corres    expires in 59 days  ponding animal     y S SH          8    ES Select the number of the animal that has to be cancelled     ps3 Se Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  The fol   14a  is cancelled  xl   d lowing message appears     E Go to the next screen  Here you can cancel all animals that all expired animal gt    Rat have reached the end of the feeding plan  cancel reg    no   ES Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  The dis   animals cancelled 3  xl  og play shows the number of cancelled and available animals  numbers evei lahlel     ES Move to the next screen  Here you can cancel all animals  all animals  gt   eu    cancel reg    no    E Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  The dis   animals cancelled 26  xk gne play shows the number of cancelled and available animals  miese evalabiles 35    124 Animal Data and Info    13 5 4 Change Registration    In menu    Change Registration    each animal can be allocated to another group     pa Select submenu    Change Registration     animal data   Info  gt   Y change registrat     Go to the next screen  The second line shows the remaining 10B change into A   C days until the end of the plan  expires in 42 days  ES Select the animal number   Y    Press ENTER to confirm the input     p Select the desired 
41.  a serial multiplexer  In this    Ke    Setup 3    case you have to enter the corresponding output of the serial multiplexer that is connected to  the printer  Printer channel 0 means that no serial multiplexer is connected     7 3 4 Selecting the Animal Scales    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Animal Sca   5  setup  gt   y les     animal scales  ES Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5 anim scales 1 amp 2  Rat available no  E  2  Select the desired half body scales  Enter    yes    and press 5 anim scales 1829  S   a ENTER to confirm the input  available yes    You can connect one half body scales  HS  per feeding station     Fa Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  5Zanim scales HS1  gt   ag     feeding box 1  no    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the feeding station  5zanim scales HS1  gt   Y where the animal scales is located  feeding box 2  no    a Se If e g  a half body scales  HS  has been connected to feeding  5 anim scales HS1  gt   xl         de station 2  enter    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input   feeding box 2  yes                Ee Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5 anim scales HS1  gt   S  i weight factor 178     Press ENTER  Enter the weight factor needed to calculate the  AS le total weight of an animal  Standard value  178     Press ENTER to confirm the input    ene  E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  In this menu 5 HS1 tare value   S the tare value is automatically ascertained and s
42.  additive  then enter this amount onto the keyboard  amp  confirm  with enter  Repeat the process until 10g is delivered consistently     C  Calibrations   last checked      E  Machine mode   set to      F  Cleaning settings    Farmers Record of Settings                no of automatic daily cleanings    heat exchanger     mixer    flush drinking hose after days  clear leftovers after minutes  detergent rate ml   litre    Feedplan for group    Daily drink allowances  period length tally    G  Feedplan record    daily drink allowance                from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Drink sizes    period length tally    min becomes Max  drink   available Drink                   Concentration periods  period length tally    Concentration                from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Solid matter content of the liquid milk    g L    Milk ratio periods                period length tally milk ratio  from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Daily pellet allowances   concentrate plan  9 3     period length tally    daily pellet allowance             from to  from to  from to  from to  from to       Pellet dependent weaning plan   concentrate dependent drinking  9 1 2     weaning points start    Feedplan for group    Daily drink allowances  period length tally    end       daily drink allowance                   from to  from to  from to  from to  from to  Drink sizes  min becomes Max    period length tally drink    available Drink           
43.  an accessory and can be retrofit   ted at any time  It is active as soon as temperature falls below 3 C and protects hose pipes   solenoid valves and pressure reducer against frost  We recommend to mount a heating cable  in case the automatic feeder should be installed in an unprotected location exposed to ex   treme cold     Animal Identification 51    7 8 Animal Identification and Responder Number Input    7 8 1 Animal Identification    Calfscan       Calfscan collar        gt         4             a    PM Re sponder    Each animal has to wear a collar with a Responder or an ear tag Responder in order to be  identified  The Responder has a 4 digit number imprinted on it  This number  defined as a  Responder number  is transmitted via transmitter signals from the Responder to the antenna  in the feeding station     As the Responder number is not suitable for rapid identification of individual animals  each  animal has on its collar or in its ear additionally a large animal number that can be easily  read even from a long distance     The system accepts animal numbers from 1 to 999  However it can manage or store only 99  animals  This means that only 99 out of 999 potential animal numbers can be assigned to  Responder numbers for animal identification     The animal numbers can be splitted up into three categories with the following features     Before entering the Responder numbers  all animal numbers are marked with a         next to  the animal number     Once you enter 
44.  and remove the plug from the 2 group valve unit     66 Distributing the Concentrate    8 3 Distributing the Concentrate    The concentrate feeder distributes the next portion as soon as the dosing flap in the feeding  bowl is not covered anymore     8 3 1 In the Restricted Mode    A concentrate portion is dispensed as soon as an entitled animal enters the concentrate sta   tion and is identified  The next portion will be dispensed as soon as the dosing flap is free  and the animal is still entitled to concentrate     8 3 2 Inthe Ad Libitum Mode    In the ad libitum mode the concentrate feeder operates without animal identification  The  next portion is dispensed as soon as the dosing flap is not covered anymore     Releasing an Extra  Portion 6    N    8 4 Releasing an Extra Portion    8 4 1 The Long Electrode is free    Feeding Mode    o    E     a          y       f ser       Y    Stop          D    If the long electrode is free  in switch position    Feeding Mode    you can manually release  any number of milk portions whatever  These milk portions are neither deducted from the  feed entitlement nor they are stored by the program     Turn the program switch to position    Feeding Mode        Press Arrow Left  The display shows the following message   extra portion start  0 5 L 120g L 100     Enter the milk ratio and press Start Stop to prepare a 0 5 liter  milk portion with a concentration of 120 g L     The milk portion is dispensed either at the feeding station or into 
45.  check whether the electrodes and the solenoid valves are  are being checked    tight  The display shows     The cleaning valve as well as the solenoid valve close auto   matically while the milk pump is running  The cleaning pro   cess cuts off as soon as a fault message is displayed  See  chapter    Alarms        After the main cleaning process has been completed  remove  hoses  the suction hoses from the milk supply of the automatic fee  uncoupled yes    der  Only then rinsing starts running     After you have removed the hoses  press ENTER to confirm       yes       The following message is displayed  press feeding pump  afterrinse stop   Rinsing    In support of rinsing  push the button located at the upper left of the chassis to activate the  feeding pump  The cleaning water is pumped out via the mixer jar and the suction hoses  connected to it  The next water portion will be delivered via the coil as soon as the long  electrode  level electrode  is free     After the residual detergent has been rinsed  press Start Stop emptying mixer  SOP to complete the rinsing process  The display shows     Rinsing ends as soon as the mixer jar is empty  The display jumps back to the initial menu     HE with hoses  Clean   Start        g Mode Turn the program switch back to    Feeding Mode          A Turn the program switch back to position    Feeding Mode    only in case no detergent has  been utilized or after you verified that there the system does not contain any water with de   
46.  gt    warn  yest   gt    3 day w   LWG A V  gt    group A V  gt     ofanimal weight   This function is only displayed  in case    animal  scales    have been activated in Setup   21 List Printing warning list A V  gt  verification list  22 Total Consumption milk MP   v 3 X1  X2  gt   X3 X4  gt  EL  gt   C1 C2    mains interruption restore  gt    water check  gt    milk check  23 Power Failures p  AV  gt   box 1 2   v  gt    box 1 2 tare 2 This function is only displayed  in case  animal scales  have been  25 Animal scales connection test activated in Setup   box 1 2 weigh  Concentrate  40 Concentrate 1  Plan group   v  gt    period 1   5  gt    duration concentrate 1 plan   feeding plan   target consumption   gt   41 Concentrate 2 Plan group   v  gt    period 1   5  gt    duration concentrate 2 plan   feeding plan   target consumption   gt   minimum save up A V  gt   groupA V  42 Quantity Limits maximum quantity   v  gt   groupA V  carry over A V  gt   groupA V  44 Entitlement Intervals group   V  gt    first   last interval  gt    number of entitlement intervals  45 Wean by Concentrate   weaning  group   v 3   start  end  49 Connection Test test silo 1  amp  2 2  test Silo 3  amp  4  Delete Functions  90 Feed Delay   delete feed   delete feed delay  delete feed delay  delete consump    delete consumption  Consumption concentrate   v   group  gt    animal number  gt    tion group  gt    animal number  99 New Installation all new   V  gt    operating data  Abbreviations and S
47.  heat exchanger must not be cleaned automa   tically  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Clean HE  gt   automatically no    If you select    yes     press Arrow Right to move to the next  screen  Press ENTER     clean HE 3  2 times   day    Enter the frequency of heat exchanger cleaning  Press ENTER  to confirm the input    Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER   clean HE at  10 00 and 22 00 h    Enter the time when heat exchanger cleaning has to be carried  c1ean HE at  out  e g  at 2 00 a m  and 2 00 p m   14 00   Press ENTER to 12 00 and 14 00 h  confirm the input     If you enter two cleaning times  make sure that the lag between the first and the second clea   ning process  at the lower right of the screen  is at least 1 hour  Otherwise  the automatic  feeder will carry out only one cleaning process     The cleaning process takes place as soon as the milk in the stainless steel coil of the heat  exchanger has been fed to the animals  When cleaning time has come and there is still milk  in the coil  the automatic feeder tries to feed the milk for one hour  As the coil is filled with  the water needed for cleaning  it may happen that the first two drinking portions for an an   imal being entitled e g  to 2 liters of milk consist of milk and the following of milk powder    water  If the animal does not drink the milk  the automatic feeder carries out automatic  cleaning 1 hour after the entered time  at the latest  The milk is then pressed out of the c
48.  i Blatt 9  Mikro identification Forster Teens emph Versions   Nr  a S          AC Sensitivity card Datum 16 10 2003            ezeichnet m   von Blatt  Anderung Ind  Datum   Name 3 Name jr G  ltig bis  10 d                                                                       BT1 computer control unit  upper part     without processor card       BT1 A4 LCD display     BT1 A2 keyboard card       A2 X31 et                          BT1 S1  programme    switch                                                                                                                       BT1 computer control unit  upper part   with processor card    constrast adjustment LCD display  d p O                            programme chips   replaceable     Speicher Karte             date memory   replaceable        opprionally jumper     BT1 A3 processor card                    channel 3           A3 X4      A3 X3                        channel 4 channel 2           BT1 A2 keyboard card          FINNIT                                                                                     TAK5   SA2   XX    F1 P1 Zeichnungs  Nr  PL10244   e PS      T i Blatt 10   Mikro identification Forster TSERnik EiNbHl Version  a A  AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16 10 2005  au   Anderung Ind  Datum  Name Name jr G  ltig bis                                                                                                                                                                                            
49.  in the heat exchanger into the  mixer jar where it is lead via the circulation valve through the milk pump back to the stain   less steel coil  During this process the box valve and the mixer outlet valve are closed  Then   the mixer outlet valve opens and the excessive cleaning water in the mixer jar is pumped out  to the outside  See chapter 14 5 1  page 134    Cleaning  Cleaning Settings Heat Exchan     ec    ger                                   Mixer jar  Box valve       Mixer outlet valve             Hose connection to water line       Milk pump             Hose connection to milk tank                      Milk valve    Circulation valve    Accessories 155    19 5 Detergent Dosing Pump    Thanks to the detergent dosing pump  liquid additives are added automatically to the water  during the different cleaning cycles  There is no need anymore to add the detergent ma   nually     The detergent dosing pump is located in the left interior of the automatic feeder below the  two group valve unit  The detergent is taken from a container with a storage capacity of  1 5 liters and is conducted via a thin hose into the mixer jar  The detergent dosing pump has  to be calibrated     Detergent dosing pump Container       156 Accessories    19 6 Fly Protection Door    In case of fly infestation occurring particularly in summer  we recommend to protect the  mixer jar by a large fly protection door  Water vapour can easily escape through the ope   nings of the fly protection door  The 
50.  input  1 5 L delete yes  pa SE Select    no    to maintain the carryover  Press ENTER to con  VARESE  xl este  firm the input  1 5 L delete no    Go to the next screen  14C  dr   6 0 i  E for 0 days  0 0 L    Press ENTER  Enter the number of days for the duration of 14C  dr   6 0 L  AS le addition reduction  for 3 days 40 0 L  Press ENTER to confirm the input   ge  ES Press the           key to select         for addition and         for re    14c  dr   6 0 L  xl  al duction  Press ENTER to confirm the input  for 3 days  0 0 L    P Enter the amount of addition or reduction and press ENTER  14C  dr   630  it   a Boa for 3 days  2 0 L    After the entered period of time has lapsed  the corresponding animal appears as expire an   imal and is set back to the feeding plan     A    60 Entering Deviations  Addition Reduction     7 11 2 Deviations of Concentration    qa ES Select submenu   Concentration         deviation  gt   Y concentration i  ES Go to the next screen  The first line contains information on 14C  conc  120 g L  ai the current concentration  In the second line you can raise or  for 0 days  0 g L    reduce the concentration for a certain number of days  starting  from the concentration plan                 Press ENTER  Enter the number of days for the duration of 14C  conc  120 g L  AS K addition reduction  for 3 days  0 g L  P Press ENTER to confirm the input  14C  conc  120 g L  ge for 3 days  0 g L  ps E  Press the           key to select         for addition and 
51.  is 2 g L  the 50  kg animal will get 16 g additive per day  whereas the 100 kg animal will only get 4 g per  day     Weight dependent additive distribution     The distributed additive amount depends on animals    weight  i e  heavy animals get more  additive than light weight animals  If no animal scales is connected  the weight entered at  registration will be updated by a special factor corresponding to animals  natural weight  development  If an animal scales is connected  the weight and the daily weight gain will be  determined automatically     Additive distribution in grams per day     If the additive is distributed in grams per day  the additive amount will correspond to the  amount per animal and day  The additive amount will neither depend on the milk amount  nor on animal s weight     If the additive is distributed in g 100 kg and g day you may choose how often the additive  should be distributed  Choose between the following settings  1 time  once  day  2 times   twice  day or distribution to all portions     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  distribution  gt   2 times day   yes    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the desired distribu   tion  1 time day  2 times day  distribution to all portions      If you choose 1 time day and 2 times day  distribution will depend on the minimum save   up quantity      distribution 1 time day  If an animal is entitled to e g  3 liters with a minimum save   up quantity of 2 liters  the entered medicine amount w
52.  next screen and set the in  5  antenna Squelch  put and reading sensitivity of the antennas  The higher the concentrate 180  gt   Squelch value  the lower the identification range of the anten    nas  Potential input  O to 200     Press ENTER to confirm the input     The antenna type is decisive for the identification range  In case of micro identification     Calfscan    you can set the range by the antenna Squelch  The following table contains the  Squelch values and identification ranges for the different Responders  These Squelch values  are empirical and factory  set     Squelch  Standard values    Identification range  X Responder                max  25   30cm    Ear tag Responder oe afl max  25   30cm  PM Responder max  20   25 cm    The entered value is active  until you change it manually        7 3 2 Setting the Baud Rate for PC and Concentrate Feeder    GH    wu Ww                Pr    pP    You have to set the same baud rate for the PC  as well as for the concentrate feeder  You can  choose among the following transmission speeds  19200  9600  2400 or 1200 baud  The  standard value is 19200 baud  In case of electrical interference from the vicinity  it is advisa   ble to reduce data transmission speed     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Set baud 5  setup 5    ec    rate   set baud rate    Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  5   baud rate  19200 baud   yes    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the baud rate accor   54 baud rate  ding to 
53.  plan    group A     gt     Select the group  404 Cl plan    group A   gt     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  40  A per 1 7 days    fr  0 2 to 0 2kg  gt     Press ENTER  Enter the duration of period 1  40  A per 1 6 days    fr  0 2 to 0 2kg  gt     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Enter the start and end value of the concentrate quantity in kg   maximum concentrate quantity per type  9 9 kg   Press EN   TER to confirm the input     40  A per 1 6 days   eo  052 o  sls      N    8 Altering the Operational Data    Press Arrow Right to move to period 2  40  A per 2 42 days  Rig fr  0 5 to 2 0kg 2    Press ENTER and enter the duration of period 2     ee    E       Press ENTER to confirm the input     h     ES       Enter the start and end value of the concentrate quantity in kg   Press ENTER to confirm the input  There is no need to enter  the start value of a period as this value corresponds to the end  value of the preceding period        ES       h     Press Arrow Right to go to the periods 3 to 5  Proceed as with  Rat period 1 and 2     u    After the 5th screen the display shows duration of the concen   40  plan  90 days  trate 1 plan and of the feeding plan  feed  plan  77 days  Example with standard values     The next screen shows plan requirement for the quantity of 40  target consum   cu concentrate 1  Example with standard values   Standard values of concentrate plan 1  for all groups   period 1  7 days 0 2 kg   period 2  42 days from 0 2 to 2 5 kg  peri
54.  process at any time by pressing Start  rem  10 00min stop   Stop    After 10 minutes have lapsed  the liquid in the mixer jar is clean HE   drained off via the mixer outlet valve  The display shows  emptying mixer    After completion of the main cleaning process  rinsing starts  running  see annex      During the rinsing process the display shows  afterrinse HE    After completion of rinsing  the following message is dis  afterrinse HE  played  finished    After heat exchanger cleaning has been completed  the stainless steel coil is filled with wa   ter  If an entitled animal enters the feeding station and is identified  the water portion in the  heat exchanger will be delivered into the mixer jar and then drained off via the mixer outlet  valve  Only then  the automatic feeder starts preparing a milk portion     Turn the program switch to position    Feeding Mode    in order to return to feeding mode     Notes on automatic heat exchanger cleaning  time controlled     If the long electrode is covered  the automatic heat exchanger cleaning will be deferred for 1  hour at most so that an animal has the opportunity to drink up the liquid in the mixer jar  If  the animal does not drink up the liquid within this time  the electrode is still covered   the  liquid will be drained off via the mixer outlet valve and the cleaning cycle starts running     If there is still milk in the stainless steel coil  the automatic heat exchanger cleaning will be  deferred for 1 hour at most  too 
55.  refers to selection of the animal groups A  B C and D     28    Operation and Operating Elements    5 1 3 Manual Keys         Press the manual keys in order to activate the corresponding functions regardless of the con   trol        Mixer motor    Powder motor          Detergent dosing pump    Additives    IE Mixer outlet valve    Water solenoid valve          Milk pump    Milk solenoid valve       In order to save the sealing  make sure that the mixer never runs without liquid     5 2  x   Verifications             X    ag                    h     ES       est       m  h        Input Routine 29    Input Routine    Pr    pP    e Keep the function table at your fingertips     Function table                                     At the left of the function table    Switch Menu    are listed the names of the main menus cor   responding to the relevant position of the program switch  At the right of them are indicated  the submenus and the corresponding messages displayed on the screen     At the left of the function table    Keyboard Menu    are listed the numbers you have to enter  in order to move to the keyboard menus  The abbreviations used in the program are listed in  alphabetical order at the lower part of the function table     Turn the program switch to select the desired switch menu     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the desired submenu   The switch or keyboard menu contains the submenus written in columns and in vertical or   der  Arrow Up   on the display indi
56.  register in B     B weight 55 kg    LWG 561 g day    E     gt      gt       gt     25 anim  have been    fr    registered      No  1 to 25  not all available    not available anim     cancel regist   no    not available anim   cancel regist   no    not available anim     cancel regist   yes    23 anim  have been    registered    N    Registering the Animals 5    7 9 3 Registering Automatically    Automatic registration shortens and simplifies the registration process of the animals   Contrary to the registration of individual animals or groups  in this menu there is no need to  enter animal numbers and animal specific data  such as e g  weight and estimated daily  weight gain  If an available number is identified in the feeding station  it is automatically  allocated to a pre selected group     Turn the program switch to 6   animal data and Info  animal data  amp  Info gt   H    weight  days fed    Animal Data   amp  Info  p p Select submenu    Automatic Register     animal data  amp  Info gt   Y automatic register   ba Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  automatic  gt   se  register no  E ES Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  E 5  xl  ee register yes  E E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER   gr  A  wei    55 kg  Rat eue LWG  561 g day          p Select the group   Y    Press ENTER to confirm the input     ce Enter a realistic housing weight and press ENTER   gue    Automatic registration is active until you enter    no     
57.  settings  gt   Y ning Portion     remaining portion              pA Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  remaining portion  gt   ER empty   yes  pa Enter    no    if the remaining portion has to be drained off auto   remaining portion  gt   xl est matically  standard setting     yes      Press ENTER to confirm  empty   Do  the input   peu If you select    yes     press Arrow Right to move to the next remain portionafter  COME c screen  Press ENTER  30 min empty       138 Cleaning    Enter after which time the remaining portion should be remain portionafter  i te  drained off  Press ENTER to confirm the input  Potential in  i  My e D 25 min empty    put  up to 99 minutes     Potential input  0 to 99 minutes  Standard value  30 minutes        14 5 5 Cleaning Settings Detergent    This menu is only displayed if the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing  pump that has been previously selected in Setup     Rinsing Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning ES  HE with sponge       y                 Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu cleaning E  Y    Settings     settings     E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  cleaning settings  gt   S  i heat exchanger   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu cleaning settings  gt   Y    Detergent     detergent      Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  detergent ES  S  i 0 g L  n Enter the detergent amount and press ENTER to confirm the detergent ES  WW am input  For dosage r
58.  speed   alarm is triggered when a calf drinks at  lt 70  of it s average drinking speed  3  breaks during drinking   alarm is triggered if a calf takes 2 or more pauses during drinking    3  Changing alarm trigger levels   warning levels    9 6 1     to adjust an alarm level     turn dial to 10  press  20  then  enter   Display reads  20  warning level feeding   Follow the prompts  amp  fill out the data fields as requested by the display     4  Checking calves with alarms  Turn dial to 3   machine alarms       Display reads  messages  dr  xx C xx exp  xx   dr   drinking  C   concentrate  pellets   exp   expired  finished the feedplan     Down arrow to    warning animals feeding  xx     Right arrow into this submenu  Display gives details on the 1   calf with a drink warning   eg    123B fr10 35 2 0L 1 6 0  cons 1 0L    123B means calf no 123  in group B   fr 10 35 means it last drank at 10 35am   2 0L is the current drinking right   1 6 0  means it last drank at drink box no 1  4 today s total drink allowance is 6 0L  cons LOL means it has drunk 1 0L so far today    Right arrow gives the details on feed consumption yesterday    Next right arrow gives the number of breaks  pauses  during drinking both today  amp  yesterday  Another right arrow gives drinking speed data for today   eg  123D dr speed l min today 74    0 86    123D means calf no 123 in group D   today 74  means drinking speed today is 74  of average drinking speed over last 3 days  0 86 means today s drinking s
59.  the concentrate  machine alarms   has not been calibrated and is identified  the display will show  an error message  The alarm LED on the concentrate feeder   starts flashing     In menu    Machine Alarms    you are asked to calibrate the silo 2  concentrate of the corresponding silo  please calibrate       The alarm message disappears as soon as calibration has been  completed     13 1 3 The Shaft is Blocked    If the shaft is blocked  the following error message will be silo 1   displayed  shaft blocked    The concentrate feeder is out of action and the alarm  LED on  the concentrate feeder starts flashing     Potential corrective action     e Check whether some foreign matter has got caught in the shaft and remove it  if neces   Sary       The motor sensor resp  motor gear may be defective  In this case  contact Service     13 1 4 Idling of the Shaft on the Concentrate Feeder    As soon as an animal consumes its concentrate portion  the dosing flap starts moving after  approx  5   6 seconds    5 revolutions of the shaft   If the flap does not move due e g  to  bridging of the feed  distribution will cut off without being deducted  After the animal has  left the feeding station  dosing will be checked  If the dosing flap still does not move  an  alarm will be triggered  The alarm LED on the concentrate feeder starts flashing but the  concentrate feeder does not switch off  As soon as the next animal enters the concentrate  station  the feeder retries to dose the concentra
60.  the feeding station and is identified  the remaining portion will  be stirred in the mixer jar  After the animal has drunk the remaining portion  i e  the mixer  jar is empty and the electrode is free again  the automatic feeder starts preparing the next  portion     Two feeding stations     If an entitled animal is identified  the corresponding suction line will open  If the animal is  not entitled anymore  the suction line will close as soon as the long electrode is free again  and the entered draining time has lapsed  standard value 16 seconds   If the long electrode is  still covered  the suction line will close after approx  2 minutes    If the animal interrupts feeding  5 minutes after the portion has been prepared  the remaining  quantity in the mixer will be released  i e  each animal is now allowed to drink it  The re   maining portion in the mixer jar will be drained off automatically via the mixer outlet valve  after a set period of time  See chapter 14 5 4  page 137     Cleaning Settings  Remaining Por   tion        In the Ad Libitum Mode    In the ad libitum mode the automatic feeder operates without animal identification  As soon  as the level electrode is free  the machine starts preparing the next portion  In case of two  feeding stations  both suction lines will open     If the automatic feeder operates in the ad libitum mode for a long period of time  the  2 group valve unit will heat considerably  Therefore  connect the suction hoses directly to  the mixer
61.  the transceiver  to the stand alone  channel 2   test the connections       Dial on 10  keyboard   Press 49 then  enter     Display reads  49  connection test    Right arrow into the next screen  Display reads  49  silo 142 test connection no   Change display to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter     Right arrow into the next screen  Display reads  49  silo 3 amp 4 test connection no  Don t change this screen  Just right arrow again to the next screen    If the connections are effective  the screen says  49  silo 1 amp 2 test connection OK   If there is a problem  the screen says  49  silo 1 amp 2 test connection error     If there is an error  check your wiring connections again  amp  repeat this test    If there is still an error  you will need to perform an interface test  see 7 3 5     Ring Tullamarine for assistance with this     u    C  Configuration  7 3 1   This tells the stand alone keyboard that you have installed pellets feeder s     When configuring pellet feeders  the stand alone keyboard uses the following terms    silos 1 4 pellet feeding stations 1 4  C1  C2 the 2 types of pellet   grain    Dial on 10  keyboard   Press 5 then  enter   Display reads  5  setup concentrate   Right arrow into this submenu  Display reads  silo 1 amp 2 available no    Change display to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter     Right arrow into next screen  Display reads  silo 1 C1     down arrow to check the setting for silo 2 if there is a 2  pellet feeder    Right arrow into next screen  
62.  the water  amp  retrieve the cleaning sponge    If the sponge was dipped in detergent  perform another sponge cleaning without inserting  the sponge in order to rinse any remaining detergent from the milk warming coil     H Feed  plans  The calf feeder can store  amp  operate 4 feedplans at once  A B C D      It comes pre loaded with 4  default  feedplans from Germany  A B C D     An outline of the  default  feedplans is given at the end of this startup guide    If the farmer decides to use one of the  default  feedplans  most likely  feedplan D   just  allocate the calves to that group when you enter them  You do not need to enter any feedplan data  now     Alternatively  2 WestfaliaSurge Australia feedplans are also outlined at the end of this guide  If  the farmer prefers one of these feedplans  or has their own individual feedplan  all the data for  this feedplan should be entered now in place of one of the  default  feedplans     To enter a new feedplan    Feedplans for combi units require data entry in 5 keyboard fields       1  daily drink allowances   2 drink sizes   3 concentration periods   4 assign a  solid matter content  to fresh milk  5 milk ratio periods    The data given in the steps below is for the 2    advanced  WestfaliaSurge Australia feedplan   Data in shaded fields is for information only   it is not entered into the keyboard     H1  The milk plan   feeding plan    s9 1 1   Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 10 then  enter      Display reads  10   feedi
63.  to 200 g     Maximum quantity     The quantity to be claimed is limited in order to prevent excessive consumption of milk or  concentrate due to too high minimum save up quantities  As soon as the maximum quantity  is attained  the claim is blocked for 2 hours  The saved quantities are maintained  After the  two hours have lapsed  the corresponding animal can claim the remaining quantity  but  again only the maximum quantity  The maximum quantity can be set according to the age of  the corresponding animal  By default the maximum quantity is always higher than the mini   mum save up quantity by 0 5 litres     Milk  You can enter the maximum quantity for milk per group and in liters according to the  maximum quantity plan    The maximum quantity cannot be smaller than the minimum save up quantity   Concentrate  You can enter the maximum quantity for concentrate per group and as a per   centage of the day quantity     82 Limited Quantities    Carryover     If an animal does not consume the total milk  or concentrate amount  the remaining quan   tity will be carried over to the following day  Consequently  the value at day shift is not  Zero but it corresponds to the carryover  The carryover can be bound to the minimum save   up quantity  i e  the carryover is at most as high as the minimum save up quantity     9 5 1 Minimum Save Up Quantity and Maximum Quantity for Milk    Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard   D  e  7 ee Enter 15 and press ENTER to confirm the in
64.  warning suppression at the be     ginning after housing  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Move to the next screen  Press ENTER     For concentrate type 1  enter the beginning of warning today     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Enter the warning level  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Go to the next screen and press ENTER     Enter the warning level for day warning for concentrate type  1  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Move to the next screen  Press ENTER     Enter the warning level for 3 day warning for concentrate  type 1  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Enter the warning level for concentrate type 2 into the next  three screens     Standard values for all four groups   Warning suppression  40 days    Warning today as of 8 o clock  70    Day warning  70    3 day warning  40      87       20  warning level  gt   concentrate    2028 A for 40 days  gt    warning suppression    204 A C1 8 hrs  gt   warning today 70      202 A C1  gt   day warning 70      202 A C1  gt   3 days warning 40         88 Machine Data  Station Number    9 7 Machine Data  Station Number    The station number is an internal company designation of the automatic feeders for plants  with more than one automatic feeder  It facilitates identification of each individual automa   tic feeder connected to the PC program    KalbManager    or in case one printer is used for  several feeders  As automatic feeders are factory  delivered with station number    1     as of 2  feeders you have 
65. 00   stirring blade with long scraper 235mm   up till  18 10 00  7721 0030 065 R  hrfl  gel mit Feder 235mm und kleiner Feder   ab  19 10 00   stirring blade with scraper 235mm and with short scraper   as of  19 10 00  7721 0030 012 Federstern 10mm   star wheel 10mm  7721 0020 008 R  hrfl  gel mit Feder 110mm   center stirring rod 110mm  7721 0091 582 Pulvertrichter kompl    powder hopper  compl   7721 0060 117 Sternmutter M5   headed star nut M5  7721 0060 043 Dosierzunge Pulverf  rderung TAO und TA1   deflector plate  7721 0090 079 Dichtung GDM 3 17   seal GDM 3 17  7721 0070 908 Getriebemotor O 220 240V 60Hz kompl    geared motor O 220 240V 60Hz  7721 0040 005 Getriebemotor O 220 240V 50Hz kompl    ab  17 09 00   gear motor O 220 240V 50Hz   as of  17 09 00  7721 0096 658 Heizpatrone PTC IP54   heating cartridge PTC IP54    TK ok OK ck ck ck ck ck ch ck ck ck cho ck ck  K Kk k kk k k    7721 0040 320 Pulverf  rderung 3 5 6 230V 50 Hz ohne Dampfsperre  powder supply 3 5 230V 50Hz w o  heating   7721 0040 375 Pulverf  rderung 3 5 6 230V 50 Hz mit Dampfsperre  Powder supply 3 5 230V 50Hz with heating   7721 0040 721 Pulverf  rderung 3 5 6 230V 60 Hz ohne Dampfsperre  powder supply 3 5 230V 60Hz without vapour screen    40352   01 01    105      IV    De    2  P    129          123       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  4  spare part lists    Milch Wasserversorgung TAKS 2 fach VA Pumpe o  Steckverschr   milk and water supply TAKS  double  stainless steel pump    40352  403
66. 12 2 6 Animal Scales    W    Ra    p          Pr    Pr    animal verific   gt   visits      12B  visits fed  gt   today 3 yest  4    12B visits not fed gt     today 4 yest  7    12B visit with C  gt   today 6 yest  9    12B visits none C  gt   today 3 yest  6    In submenu    Animal Scales    you can view all information on the animal scales     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to the menu     Animal Scales        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the animal whose  weight has to be checked     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The first line  shows the number of visits to the feeding station of the selec     ted animal  The second line indicates the number of weighing    used to calculate the animal weight  as well as the weight of  the corresponding animal resulting from it  The display al   ways shows the last visit with the current animal weight     animal verific   gt   animal scales     3A  anim  weight  gt   examine in list    3A visit today 2   num  6 w  38 0kg  gt     110    pp    y    p    Animal Verification    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to check the weight determi     ned during the relevant visit     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  The display shows  the day weight of yesterday or the day before yesterday of the  corresponding animal  The day weight is always the average   weight resulting from all visits of that day     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to view by turns the day  weight o
67. 4 Manual Input of Responder Number     7 9 Registering the Animals     7 9 1 Registering Individual Animals     7 9 2 Registering Groups       7 9 3 Registering Automatically       7 10 Entering the Correction Days             ssssssssssessee es he  7 11 Entering Deviations  Addition Reduction           oocococcccccocnccnca eee  7 11 1 Deviations of Milk Portions       7 11 2 Deviations of Concentration             sssssssssssessss ees en  7 11 8 Deviations of Concentrate       7 11 4 Deviations of Additives       1 12     Aceustoming A es a eg oe eoe poete ann spiel    8 Functioning of Automatic Feeder and Concentrate Feeder                   8 1 Preparing the Milk Portions       8 2   Distributingithe MilkK     000 br pe ER eave beep tak oul LE YDG WEGE ERES   8 2 1 Inthe Restricted Mode       8 2 2 Inthe Ad Obitum Mode     8 3 Distributing the Concentrate            0  esee  8 3 1 Inthe Restricted Mode       8 3 2 Inthe Ad Libitum Mode     8 4 Releasing an Extra Portion       8 4 1 The Long Electrode is free       00    teeta  8 4 2 The Long Electrode is Covered            2    cece eee eee eens  8 5 Feed Delay Delete Consumption               000 cece ect enna  8 5 1 Delete Feed Delay  coe tee mer aere e Rer Ree  8 5 2 Delete Consumption for the Entire Group     8 5 3 Delete Consumption for Individual Animals       8 6 Daily Calculation    iere ERR RR RE RE ARE A RR re    9 Altering the Operational Data             ooooocconcncnrcn eee  9 1   Feeding Plans  2c  sees ise 2
68. 400V  7721 0090 004 Heizk  rper 3 2KW 230V  heating element 3 2KW 230V  7721 0096 496 Heizk  rper 4 0KW 230V  heating element 4 0KW 230V  7721 0098 048 Heizk  rper 2 8K W 230V  Heating 2 3KW 230V  7721 0040 429 Umw  lzpumpe 230V 50Hz 15 60 TAS  circulation pump 230V 50Hz 15 60 TAS  7721 0098 115 Dichtung UPS15  washer UPS15  7721 0090 091 Kontrollampe gelb 400V D 13mm  pilot lamp yellow 400V  7721 0090 089 Kontrollampe gelb 230V D 13mm  pilot lamp yellow 230V  7721 0090 014 Drehknopf   Heizungsthermostat  schwarz mit rot   knob for heating thermostat  black   red   7721 0090 017 Drehknopf   Mindestbetriebstemperatur  schwarz mit gr  n   knob for MWT  black   green    TK OR OK ck ck ck ok KK OK k k  K OK Ok OK OK OK Ok k    40955   02 02    114    AD pe E  pam ea ac ey f    Fasern mo       Pos   Item    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  10  spare part lists    W  rmetauscher 5  heat exchanger    40955  40954    Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0040 946 W  rmetauscher 5 Pl 2 8KW 240V SA CSA UL   heat exchanger 5 P1 2 8KW 240V SA CSA UL  7721 0040 949 W  rmetauscher 5 P1 3 0KW 200V SA   heat exchanger 5 P1 3 0KW 200V SA  7721 0040 950 W  rmetauscher 5 P1 3 2KW 230V SA   heat exchanger 5 P1 3 2KW 230V SA  7721 0040 953 W  rmetauscher 5 P1 3 8KW 400V SA   heat exchanger 5 P1 3 8KW 400V
69. 44    concentrate intervals  80  concentrate plan  input  77  concentration plan  input  76  connecting  Calfscan  21    connection  additive dispenser  152  animal scales  149  electrical  17  milk pipe  23  suction hose  20  two group valve unit  151  water  22    connection error animal scales or concentrate feeder    111    connection test towards the concentrate feeder  44  connection test  animal scales  149   construction parts  Stand Alone Combi  11  construction parts  heat exchanger  15  consumption  125   consumption totals  126   control of the automatic feeder  12    correction days  enter  58    D    daily calculation  71    Index    date time  check  34  input  34    deaerate the circulation pump  32  141  deaeration screw  32  decommissioning  143    delete  consumption  69  feed delay  69    delete consumption  for individual calves  70  for the entire group  70    demand  delete  69   detergent  138  141   detergent dosing pump  155  detergent pump  activate in Setup  42    deviations  59  of additives  61  of concentrate  60  of concentration  60  of milk portions  59    Dip switch  38   distributing the milk  65  distribution board  14   dosing quantity  concentrate  108  double box  151  double function keys  26  draining time  40  41    drinking alarms  warning today  114  warning yesterday  114    drinking right  107  drinking speed  115    E    electrical connection  19  electrical vapour screen  153    electrode  long  65  position  140  shaft  140  s
70. 46   detergent  7 5 3 p48    use alkaline detergent from the dairy    Turn dial to 5  calibration   Display reads  calibration   water    Down arrow moves through the things that could need calibrating    water boiler    water HE    milk powder    additive    detergent    concentrate  pellets    Right arrow takes you into the submenu for that particular substance   Work through the necessary submenus step by step as directed by the display     2  Check water temperature  7 6 2  amp  7 6 3   p52    Check that the orange boiler light is out   off  then deliver a 500ml dose of water into the  mixer by repeating the steps for calibrating water volume  above     Take the temperature of the water in the mixer with your thermometer    Wait 30 seconds  the distribution time   amp  repeat the process     Both doses of water should be between 38 C  amp  42 C  If not  adjust the thermostats appropriately   wait for the orange boiler light to go out  then repeat the tests     If the water is too hot at first  amp  you need to reduce the setting on the first thermostat  upper  temp limit   red dot   you should also lower the setting on the 2   thermostat  lower temp limit    green dot   If you don t  the 2  thermostat may be set to a higher temp than the 1   4 the  machine won t work        E  Set machine feeding mode   feeding mode    s10 1  10 2   p94     This is really another configuration step  You tell the machine what it is working with     a  powdered milk only  b  liquid milk onl
71. 5 Blatter                                                                         poti sensitivity     BT1 computer control unit  lower part               BT1 Al  control distributor    with filter   SA2 as of 07 01                             A1 X6    Bl  tter                                        t LO  LO N  00  O gt                                                                                                                                            CN N  Sa  c  S o  m  gt   00  m  e  a LE  E    Val  c  Ze      niZ    oW m  e D  Sle a  cepo  O zu  olo 5  N  gt  C5  m  E  T  a  oO 3   Se  ED En  x  Elo  ec  3      Oo  o Oo  D e y E        A        E        EZ  0 o  o 2  ge e  L o  C  o  o  oO  O  K   SE  o  oO  o  E  On      ae  20  GN   lt L  20   a   gt      Wei     oO  o   n  O   lt L  o  E  o  Ka  E  5  Er  o  O  o  E                  nderung                                                                                                                            Anderung             Datum       Name                Name jr G  ltig bis                 2 4 5 6 7 8 9  SA2 Plus Control Unit  k q     76  ES  EN  CO  S    AC sensitivity card  itivi Zeich    Nr  SK10138  Kr E UE electrodes F  rster Technik GmbH ee  r   Blatt 3  gezeichnet Datum 17 10 2005 van 3 Bl  tter                                            LT1 power unit SA2 Plus                                     000000           LT1 A2  distribution board          ad At Al H  N IX ZV 117    000000000000000000000  
72. 5 days days 1 5 from0 2kg to 0 3 kg    2 40 days   days6 45   from O 3 kg to 2 5 kg  3 35 days   days 46 80   from 2 5 kg to 2 5 kg    D2  The milk weaning plan   optional   concentrate dependent drinking  9 1 2  This lets you begin the process of weaning a calf off milk  reducing milk plan allowances  as  pellet intake increases  It works in the same way as  correcting calf age  at registration     When a calf s daily pellet intake  averaged over 4 consecutive days  reaches the  start value  of  the weaning plan  the calf is  shifted along  it s milk plan to the start of the  declining  period in  the milk plan  eg from 5 0L to 2 0L      When the calf s daily pellet intake  averaged over 4 consecutive days  reaches the  end value  of  the weaning plan  the calf is again  shifted along  it s milk plan to the end of the  declining  period  in the milk plan     Standard weaning points are start 0 5kg end 2 0kg    If you want to change the weaning points     Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 45 then  enter    Display reads  45 weaning group A no   Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D   then right arrow to next screen   Display reads  45  group X yes feed according to plan   Down arrow 4 screen reads  45  group X no C dependent feeding     You have to choose between the two screens    If you want to wean off milk as pellet intake increases  you should   Down arrow to  45  group X no C dependent feeding     Press  yes no  to change screen to  45  group X yes C dependent feeding 
73. 52  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Pos  Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Item Part No   Description  006 7721 0070 567 Schlauchschelle 1 2  12 20 Zebra  hose band clip 1 2   12 20 Zebra  009 7721 0090 079 Dichtung GDM 3 17  seal GDM 3 17  012 7121 0040 356 Magnetventil 230V 50Hz 4 0 mit T  lle und 3 4    berw   solenoid valve 230V 50Hz 4 0 with nozzle and 3 4  union nut  015 7721 0080 059 Dichtung 24 0x17x2mm graphitiert  washer 24 17 2 mm graphitized  021 7721 0080 009 Manometer   Anschluss hinten  manometer  024 7721 0040 370 Druckminderer o  Manometer mit Winkelverteiler  pressure reducer without manometer with angular connection  039 7721 0070 740 Schlauchverschraubung 2 teilig IG 3 4  T  lle 13mm  hose pipe screw connection 1 2  two piece  048 7721 0097 477 Kugelhahn 1 4  IG IG  ball cock 1 4  internal thread internal thread  051 7721 0040 549 Steckverschraubung 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm   ab  01 09 00  plug type bolting 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm   as of  01 09 00  054 7721 0099 259 Umsp  ladapter 2 fach kompl  f  r 1 2  SchlauchkupplungTA3 TA5  adapter for rinsing double compl for 1 2  hose coupling TA3  057 7721 0098 056 Schlauchkupplung 1 2  Einhandkupplung 1 2   hose pipe coupling 1 2   072 7721 0040 374 Pumpe  VA 230V 50Hz 250W mit BR Pumpenrad o Pumpenbl  kompl   pump StSt 230V 50Hz 250W w BR pump wheel w o pump pl  compl   075 7721
74. 721 0040 361 St  ssel mit AG 1 2  L 88mm TAS sw24  tappet with exterior thread 1 2  88mm TAS sw24  123 7721 0099 665 Ventilteil   Teileset Magnetventil 8 5    valve component   set solenoid valve 8 5    41325   09 02       e    AA N rn DEZ       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  7  spare part lists    Milch Wasserversorgung TAK5 6  milk water inlet    41325  41325  g  ltig valid ab as of  01 06 2001  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Pos  Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Item Part No   Description  126 7721 0091 513 Ventilteil   Magnetteil 13 36 8 5  valve component   magnet unit 13 36 8 5  129 7721 0090 686 Ventilteil   Plungerrohr  valve component   plunger guidance  132 7721 0090 687 Ventilteil   O Ring 18x1 5  valve component   o ring  136 7721 0097 680 Ventilteil   Feder   bis  18 11 02  valve part   spring   up till  18 11 02  138 7721 0090 311 Ventilteil   Plunger mit Teller f  r Magnetventil  8 5  230V  tappet for solenoid valve 280 8 5 M G 12F NCS42 230V  147 7721 0040 780 Ventilteil   Teileset Ventil 8 5   ohne Magnetteil  valve component   set valve 8 5   without solenoid component  153 7721 0099 434 Schlauch 8 0x3 0mm TPE tr  b   bis  05 11 02  hose 8 0x3 0mm TPE   up till  05 11 02  159 7721 0041 060 R  ckschlagventil R  ckflussverhinderer D 15mm m  Feder 0 4bar  nonreturn valve D 15mm  162 7721 0060 160 Dichtung 18 5x12 0x2mm har
75. 9                    Water connection       Milk connection                   Water Connection      Connect the 1 2  water hose to the 3 4  hose coupling at the right of the automatic  feeder     The water pressure supplied by the customer has to be between 2 5 and 6 bar     Note  To ensure troublefree functioning of the automatic feeder  take care that the water  pressure does not fall below 2 5 bar     Take care that there is no pressure variation of the water pipe     In case of water pipes with small cross section it may happen that  in the feeding mode or  when water is taken out of the same pipe simultaneously  the water pressure will drop     If the water pressure is below 2 5 bar you have to use a water tank   Install an additional water valve   The pressure reducer is factory set to 1 5 bar     Do not alter the setting of the pressure reducer     If you do not observe the above mentioned notes  there is no guarantee that the  automatic feeder will run trouble free     Water and Milk Connection 23    3 6 2 Milk Connection    Convey the milk from the milk storage tank straight to the automatic feeder  If long pipes  are inevitable  use larger diameters     Install the connection for the milk pipe at the bottom of the milk tank     Air containing pipes  very long and thin  as well as thin walled pipes being prone to con   tract  lead to untimely switching off or change over of the system     To avoid air bubbles  do not hang the milk hose into the milk tank from above  
76. AC Sensitivity card    TAKS SA2 XX F1 P1  Mikro             Ind  Datum  Name                         power card  e          LTI A1     3 9  gt    3 9  gt                              Zw   Na  H  Cc  o  Oo      an  q ES E  OE zE VAOG AOfZ  SW LLI   os LC MO     ueeJ6 2 s   va Ns duind juo81o1op  Pm UMOJQ  Y            en  52 zm   VAOZ AOSZ   LA Us    gt  LC MO     uaeJ6    22 We    LM  gt AJeA prOUS OS I9JeM  o UMOJG        2 ax u   Oo  j   E an  q  i zu      22    Ed wot    uoeub   VAOZ MOEZ DU  22    r Od AJLA pIOUS OS I9YeM  UMOIG  oo  Ka      njq  ud La  en    Ed wot dab VAOZ MOEZ  SA 111   NS AJLA pIOUO OS  rur  UMOJQ    OLX LL1     eniq  zu u m    Ecoute   VAGL AO0gZ     vA L11  NS Z AJLA Xoq Sutpoo   RER 6X 111     an  q  zu    sS Ee ones use   VASI NOEZ     SALLI  Ne    agea xoq Surpoo   UT ex 111         9   52 zel ee VAOZ AOEZ     ZA LLT   tic zie  O  o   eA    uss1B    SS Ne LM SARA quo81919p  UMOJQ      I A  X  ara    23 SEL mo Vb  MSE AO  Z TEE  EE pee 10 OUI IOXIUI  t  Ep  P Ev UMOJG  o  Ka  E  PN   eniq  o z  w    ER S   wous    uesub VAOZ AO Z  lA ll19  oE as JOXIUI AJLA  9 1nO  m UMOIG   t  x EE  ES  S EW LLI   El MSI ADEZ 13 2N 1171   25 pai ee aniq 7 E Buljoay    ienno Japmod    zu  oz  lt A 2  BS od A   lt   m00Z AOEZ        W lL1                    l umoug Jopmod IAMNIPPE      E eniq    ao zu    EE SE  wot usa fb MOSZ AOCC CU  ES  E dumd yru  po  gt   as UMOJG    obIq MSL AOSZ L3 lW LL1   By a aniq bunuoeu    1epnno Japmod  zu  Ek      a      ge Te pu S MS
77. DL  Od  DEL  Obl  04  09   04  ogl  06   ooz  Oe  Occ  oez    Automatic Calf Feeders       Supplement    Shortcut Keypad Sheet    Start up Guide    Improved electrical earthing    Wiring Diagrams    Parts List    Stand Alone Calf Feeder   Combi Model    7163 9001 042  AU supplement 01 2006    Surge       Function Table  Program Switch Menu PREMIUM SA COMBI with Concentrate                                                                                                                                                                                              1 Feeding Extra Portion  When the mixer jar is empty  press Arrow Left  Enter distribution quantity   concentration  Press Start Stop  Select  Mode distribution at box 1 or 2  Should the extra portion be dosed into e g  a bucket  press key    5      2 Rinsing HE with sponge   v  gt   cleaning  start  Heat exchanger  v  gt    cleaning  start  HE with hoses   v     cleaning  start  Mixer   v  gt  cleaning  start  Air cleaning   v  gt    box selection   start  Settings   v  gt    heat exchanger A v  gt    automatically yes no   no  of cleaning processes day   gt    time  mixer A v  gt    automatically yes no  gt   NO  of cleaning processes day  suctionhoseA v     group A v yes no   gt   as of 35th day of the feeding plan  remain  portion A v  gt    empty yes no  gt    empty after     minutes  detergent   v  gt   9    air cleaning A V  gt    set cycles box 2  cleaning water in ml  gt   break clean  when calf visits box gt    
78. Display reads  dosing code group A    Select the group  A D   then right arrow into next screen   Display reads  dosing code A C plan no  Down arrow changes screen to  dosing code A C consump yes    You have to choose here between  C plan   amp   C consump   details below     u    Suggested settings   Set display to  dosing code A C plan yes     this automatically changes the C consump screen to  no     Right arrow into next screen  Display reads  dosing code of C plan 1 075    Press  enter  to open the display 4 change the value to  5 075  then confirm with  enter    Right arrow into next screen  Display reads    5  squelch antenna concentrate 180    Press  enter  to open the display  amp  change the squelch value to  O  then confirm with  enter    This squelch adjustment needs to be done for each pellet feeding station antenna     C plan  amp  C consump  These let you add a  bonus  to the first serving of pellets to every calf each day     This is an enticement to help young calves learn about the pellet feeder faster   a  Most  pellet allowance plans  offer young calves small amounts of pellets each day  eg 0 2 0 5kg day  b  each calf s daily pellet allowance is divided into 20 portions   amp  allocated at 1 portion per  hour from 1am until 8pm   c  the  minimum pellet feed  is factory set at 10  of the daily pellet allowance   So  if a young calf has a daily pellet allowance of just O 2kg  200g    it becomes entitled to pellets at the rate of 10g hour from lam until 8pm  
79. E AOEZ   M 111   a umouq TETTE  a VIN  1030u1 19pMOd  X  zi La   Na  AA AA  D CO o o  SM mM  Er E CS IF  00       Anderung                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9   LT1 A1 power card  LT1 A1 power card  EI 2350V valves A  compressed circulation     air pump  K13 K15  Y      gt  brown mixer heating transformer  3 8   ig Era cable protection against frost  2N  X1 N  XLN  STI X1 N  SH XLN 2N  le  X1 PE Be Zsn  XLpE PE   49 gt  Q O     i       21 Sa CS    c 0  o o z o E   2  ra A S MELOS Er  dis S    gt  ai  t 55   5   gt  2    2 m  LT1  T1 mm Er  o Oo 23 c UNO i   o  protection against frost  o Ha Em 5     thermostat  1  LTI E1 S1  SS    3C L  E  T   UD m EI E  LT E2  da E 230V 70W E 42V  A8W  EE gz    ge zn d  aN RM 5  BS ee L       B  S  om Der y Si  D 3   soc Ss  E B E 2  ER  RU oT 53 eB  in  E   a Eb E      EE c a  i 1     TAK5   SA2   XX F1  P1 DERE ean Zeichnungs Nr  PL10244 EM    e A     rster Techni m   a  Mikro identification Versions   Nr  a  AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16 10 2005 ome er  Anderung Ind  Datum  Name ame jr G  ltig bis                                                                    F22 T13 15  12VDC           LT1 Al     gt              UV                                                     LT1 A1    power card            
80. Feeder              0cc nennen  7 3 3 Selecting the Printing Function         10  10  11  12  12  13  13  14  15  15  16    17    19  19  19  20  21  21  22  22  23    24    25  25  25  25  28  29  30  30    31  31  31  32  32  32  33    34  34  34  36  36  37  38    4 Table of contents    7 3 4 Selecting the Animal Scales            0 0 0  c ccc een eres  7 3 5 Carrying Out an Interface Iesel     7 3 6 Registering and Cancelling the Feeding Stations       7 926 eu EE  Ke RR Ee ne EA  7 3 9 Deactivating the Detergent Pump       7 3 10 Activating Compressed Air Cleaning        0ocooocccccccccnc eee  1 39 11  l  stitute  za eser RE TR REPRE I Ree rari er RI Iq ERE  7 4 Connection Test towards the Concentrate Feeder       CB e le Ire  7 5 1 Calibrating Water  Milk  MP and Detergent       7 5 2  Calibrating Additlves   erase ras rn amend ee  7 5 8 Calibrating the Concentrate       7 6  Setting the Healing    c areas ue E ERR Rr a reb Res XS  7 6 1 Adjusting the Thermostats       7 6 2 Recommendations for Temperature Settings       7 6 3 Measuring the Temperature        ocoooccoccconccr nennen een rennen  7 7 Heating for Milk Powder Outlet and Protection against Frost       7 8 Animal Identification and Responder Number Input       7 8 1   AnimalIdentificatlor weenie des cse nein Hed etude LPSRRUOUDU DUEB UIS   7 8 2 Check Connection between Calfscan and Stand Alone                       suu  7 8 3 Automatic Reading of the Responder Numbers and Antenna Test                    7 8 
81. G AR aa 156   EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY      ooocccocc o A   Connection between Printer and Stand Alone                         uuseus  B   Functional Steps    Cleaning  Heat Exchanger     see chapter 14 2                C   Functional Steps    Cleaning  HE with Suction Hoses     see chapter 14 3         E   Standard   Feeding Plan Group A    H   Standard   Feeding Plan Group B            0  cee eee eee eee eee eee nun I   Standard   Feeding Plan Group    J   Standard   Feeding Plan Group D    K   Example  Milk ratio plan group A    L   Example  Milk ratio plan group BR  M   Form  Feeding plan    ua KEEN nn NNN eee eee aa ae N   Form  Concentration plan u  rae res a A A A EEE O    Introduction    1 Introduction    1 1 Icons Used in This Manual    E    E u        im    O   Verifications    O Lei    X    K e    The little graphic pictures that frequently appear in the margin of this book should give you  a better overall view on the user   s manual     Attention  The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert you to  follow the instructions contained in this manual in order to avoid injury and damage to  persons  animals and appliance     This icon is intended to signal you that here you can find important information and addi   tional explanations on the operation of the automatic feeder     You will find this icon next to examples in the user   s manual     This icon invites you to enter the figures into the corresponding menu     This icon invit
82. Herd management WestfaliaSurge         Automatic Calf Feeder PREMIUM BOY PREMIUM BIG BOY SA Combi  TAK5 SA2 KFA 27 F1 2VA B CS  TAK5 SA2 KFA 28 P1 2VA B CS  TAK5 SA2 KFA 30 P1 2VA B CS  TAK5 SA2 KFA 32 P1 2VA B CS  TAK5 SA2 KFA 38 P1 2VA B CS   Stand Alone with CALFSCAN and concentrate feeder        Instruction Manual  7163 9001  042  09 2003  as of program version 00 16    1    Table of contents    Introduellon 4 2    A Sade da  1 1  Icons  Usedin This Manual eu Eed eb e dd ete ete ee het E eee ie  1 2 Safety Instructions cross eh aia  1 3 Safety Signs on the Automatic Feeder and the Concentrate Feeder                        1 4 Information Signs on the Automatic Feeder              0 00 cece ees  1 5 Construction Parts Stand Alone Combi 1 2 2 0    060  cece es  1 6 Control of the Automatic Feeder       1 6 1 Operating and Control Unit  with Motherboard        1 6 2  Power Unit Combi imac rd ad da P nae vdd  1 6 2 1     Relay Board  este es ion ee Ces Area Les   1 6 2 2 Distribution Board      1 7 Heat Exchanger with Separate Heating Circuits for Milk and Water                        1 8 Accessories  not illustrated        1 9  Manual Feeding Pump    nr rte rte e mrt e eee eR e te cre idea    Technical Data of the Automatic Feeder                            A    Locating the Automatic Feeder       3 1 Local Electrical Connection            sssssssssssssssse es n  3 2 Locating the Automatic Feeder       3 3 Mounting the Feeding Station             0    en  3 4 Mounting the Ra
83. L  gt   Kal Press ENTER to confirm the input    o                   Enter the electrolyte amount to be daily fed  in grams per li  electrolyte  ie ez ter   Press ENTER to confirm the input  for 5 days 20 g L gt   Ra Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  per visit 1 5L  wet 0 days without milk  Press ENTER  Enter the maximum quantity of electrolyte per visit 1 0L  ez ly drinking to be fed per visit  Potential input  up to 9 5 liters  0 days without milk    We recommend to make 1 0 to 1 5 liters electrolyte drinking available to the animal each  time it visits the feeding station     Press ENTER to confirm the input     ene    m    Enter the number of days for electrolyte distribution  per visit 2 5L  vet Press ENTER to confirm the input  3 days without milk    Additives    11 3 Distributing the Medicine    Additives   e  Na    P  pp    P  p    P   pp    pp     p    co        After you have made out a prescription  you have to activate it resp  allocate it to individual  animals or to a group  The medicine can also be fed to the animals as a prophylaxis  If this  prophylaxis is active  in the future  after housing  each animal will automatically be fed    with medicine according to the selected prescription   Turn the program switch to 9   additives   The display shows     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select whether the medi   cine has to be distributed to individual animals  to a group or  to all animals as a prophyla
84. LIS Eartag  is adjacent to the Antenna   Press the  start stop  key  amp  the antenna will read the electronic internal number   When this number appears on the Keypad display lock it in by pressing  enter      WestfaliaSurge   Stand Alone Calf Feeder    2  Allocate the calf to a Calf Group    Each calf must be allocated to a Calf Group in order to be fed   If you enter a calf s identity numbers but don t allocate it to a group  it will not be fed     There are 3 ways to allocate calves to groups         automatically  O individually  O in batches    If the farmer plans to use only 1 Feedplan  the calves can all be allocated to the  corresponding Calf Group automatically  If the farmer intends to use more than 1 Feedplan   the calves will need to be allocated to groups either individually or in batches     a  Automatic allocation  registration   If the farmer wants to put all the calves into one Calf Group  say Group A   Feedplan A  then  they can  turn on  the  automatic allocation  function at the Keypad    Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp info     Down arrow to  automatic register  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu   Then work through the data entry fields as required  see s7 9 3 in manual      If  automatic allocation  is activated  be alert to older calves  amp  remove them at the end of their  feedplan  Otherwise the day after the feedplan ends the calf will be automatically re allocated  to the group as a fresh calf on day 1 of a whole new feedplan     b  In
85. S Enter    no    if for group B the suction hose should not be clea   clean hose pipe  gt   S   gne ned automatically  standard setting     yes      Press ENTER to  group B  yes  confirm the input     If you select    yes     press Arrow Right to move to the next group B  fr 14th day  ONE Rene    screen  Press ENTER to confirm the input  of the feeding plan  Enter as of which day of the feeding plan the suction hose has  group B  fr 14th day  K a to be cleaned  Press ENTER to confirm the input  of the feeding plan       Potential input  1 to 99 days  Standard value  as of 14th day of the feeding plan  2 2    weeks        14 5 4 Cleaning Settings Remaining Portion    If an animal does not consume the available milk amount  there is some liquid left in the  mixer jar  This remaining portion can be drained off automatically via the outlet valve after  the pre selected time has lapsed  particularly if individual animals get some medicine or if  only a few animals have been housed  As soon as the mixer is empty  a 0 25 liter water por   tion is delivered into the mixer jar and subsequently drained off via the mixer outlet valve     Rinsing Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning  gt   HE with sponge   H s  Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu cleaning  gt   Y    Settings     settings     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  cleaning settings  gt     X    Ch       heat exchanger        8    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to go to submenu    Remai  cleaning
86. Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  2A consum animal  gt   xl  ES delete yes 2    Daily Calculation 71    8 6 Daily Calculation    Daily calculation takes place every day at midnight  thus completing the feeding day     At daily calculation    the date  feeding days and remaining days  until the end of the plan  are updated   the carryover is transferred to the next feeding day    the alarms are calculated    the weight is updated    the milk ratio is checked     the feed entitlement is calculated for the following day according to concentrate  consumption     72    Altering the Operational Data    9 Altering the Operational Data    Operational data are defined as those data concerning milk  and concentrate distribution   such as e g  feeding plans  alarm levels etc  During installation  after    New Installation     the  standard values are used as operational data  These standard values are empirical  You can  alter them at any time according to the needs of each individual animal     9 1 Feeding Plans    9 1 1 Age Dependent Drinking    Keyboard  D    pp  p   ES gi          Periods of a Feeding Plan  F  rster  Technik    quantity in liter day       m    OH bi L   PL Oh JD OO    P2 P3 P4 P5  0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 77 84  feeding days             SI        You can enter one feeding plan with 5 periods  P1 P5  for each of the four groups  A  B  C   D    For feeding plans  see the appendix of this User s Manual    The registration day corresponds to the 
87. US as of 26 2001  7721 0060 206 Steckdose f  r Antenne SA ME mit Dr  hten  antenna socket for SA  7721 0070 220 Schutzdeckel B H A 3DB mit Dichtung  cover B H A 3DB with sliding ring  7721 0071 428 Buchse 3mm BU 3400 gr  n mit Isolierring und Mutter  socket 3mm BU 3400 green with insulating ferrule and nut  7721 0070 480 Buchse Amm BU 44008 schwarz Isolierring u  2 Muttern  socket  4mm BU 44008 black  insulating ring and 2 nuts  7721 0041 404 Flachbandkabel Bedienteil SA2 PLUS ab 26 2001  flat strip cable operating unit SA2 PLUS as of 26 2001  7721 0070 242 Bedienfeldabdeckung SA  cover for control unit   SA  7721 0040 263 Folie Tastatur SA2 Plus Neutral DE  foil for keyboard SA2 Plus Neutral DE  7721 0060 093 Elektrode SA SA2 PLUS  FE Baby Milk   1700 mit Stecker  sensor for SA  7721 0040 613 Doppelelektrode SA2Plus   1700 mit Stecker  double electrode SA2 Plus   1700 with plug    Kok OK OK Ok Ok ok KK k k  K OK OK OK OK OK ck ck    41765 07 01         Pulver Wasser   powder water     Kombi   combi    Pos   Item    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  15  spare part lists    Bedien  und Steuerungsteil  operating and control unit    41765  41765  g  ltig valid ab as of  25 06 2001  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0041 765 Bedien  und Steuerungsteil TAK VDW SA2 Plus ab 26 01  operati
88. W  SA2 30 P1  VDW  SA2 32 P1  VDW  SA2 38 P1    including all accessories    with chassis size 5    to which this declaration relates are in conformity with the following relevant regulations     EN  292 1 11 91   EN  292 2  06 95   EN  294 8 92   EN 349   6 93   EN  50081 1 3 93  EN  50082 1  11 97  EN  563 08 94  01 95  prEN 1070   6 93   EN 60204 1   11 98       Basic concepts of general design of machines  part 1   Basic concepts of general design of machines  part 2   Safety clearance for upper limbs   Minimum clearance for avoiding crushing upper limbs   Norm concerning electromagnetical emissions on residential areas   business districts and industrial areas   Norm of the resistance to jamming against line directed disturbances   induced by highfrequency fields above 9 kHz   Temperatures of touchable surfaces   Safety of machines  terminology   Electrical components of machines    per the provisions of Council Directives 89 392 EEC  Annex Il A  89 336 EEC  73 23 EEC    and 93 68 EEC     Date  16  09  2003    Wolfgang Latz    escccsesocsescceseseiuctetaesccesaocsec  nonaececovec  e    Alfred Steiner    Signatory  M  Latz  Head of Production Management    M  Steiner  Head of Production  Department Electrical Components    Annex B    Connection between Printer and Stand Alone    July 2003    F  rster    VW  Technik    Printer connected to Stand Alone    A printer can be connected to the auto   matic feeder    Stand Alone     The alarm  list  the verification list and or t
89. a 500 ml water portion that is subsequently  pumped out     During the pre cleaning process  the display shows  pre rinse HE  Main cleaning    During the main cleaning process  1 25 liters of water and   clean HE  in case the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent do   sing pump that has been previously selected in Setup   some  detergent are delivered into the mixer jar  The water starts  circulating  The display shows     Time starts running backwards from 10 to 0 minutes  Press clean HE  Start Stop to cut off the cleaning process at any time  rem  10 00min stop   After 10 minutes have lapsed  the liquid in the mixer jar is clean HE    pumped out via the mixer outlet valve  The following mes  emptying mixer  sage is displayed     Rinsing    The rinsing process starts running in order to be sure that there is no detergent in the coil of  the heat exchanger anymore  800 ml of water are delivered automatically from the coil into  the mixer jar and are then pumped out via the mixer outlet valve  The mixer is then rinsed  by 500 ml of water that are subsequently drained off  The coil is rinsed for 5 seconds by  800 ml of water  i e  the water in the mixer jar circulates to the coil and is pumped out im   mediately afterwards  Now 1 liter of water is delivered once again from the coil into the  mixer jar and is drained off again via the mixer outlet valve  Finally the mixer jar is rinsed  by a 500 ml water portion  This water is subsequently pumped out  too     During the 
90. a container  e g  a bucket      If the portion is dispensed via the feeding station  you have to extra portion  select the desired station in order to open the corresponding basta E    suction line     If the portion is dispensed into a container  e g  a bucket   extra portion  press    5     The milk is then delivered via the mixer outlet bora 5    valve from the mixer into the container  The display shows     You can also manually enter the output quantity  the feed concentration and the milk ratio     Press ENTER to raise the output quantity and to change the extra portion start  concentration and or the milk ratio of a portion  Potential in   1 5 L 130g L 1003  put for the output quantity  0 5 to 25 5 L  standard value  0 5   L   Potential input for the concentration  O to 255 g L  stan    dard value  120 g L   The milk ratio is between 10 and 90       Press ENTER to confirm the input     Press Start Stop to start the preparation of a drinking portion     If you enter more than 0 5 L  the drinking portions will be mixed up and dispensed one after  another  As soon as the long electrode is free  the machine starts to prepare the next portion     Therefore never tilt the mixer jar if you want to empty it     After the first milk portion has been prepared  select the desi  extra portion  red box in order to open the corresponding suction line  Press box        5    to dispense the milk portion into a separate container     68    Releasing an Extra  Portion    If the milk por
91. ace way  21  the feeding station  20  the suction bracket  20    N    nameplate  machine type  machine number  10    new installation  34    O    operating elements  12  operating unit  25    operating unit  12    operational data  age dependent drinking  72  concentrate plans  77  concentration plans  76  feeding plans  72  weaning  74    overvoltage  19    P    powder hopper  storage capacity  17  powder outlet  check  141  power failure  147    power unit  13  distribution board  13  relay board  13    preparing the milk portions  64  pressure reducer  22  printer connection  also refer to the appendix  144    printing  Setup  38  verification list  144  warning list  144    priority control  151  program switch  25    prophylaxis  101    Q    quantity limits  milk  82    race way  21  rated frequency  19  rated voltage  19    ration day animal  122    reach of the antennas  53  overlapping  52    registering feeding boxes  in Setup  40    registration  automatic  57  individual animals  54  of groups  56    relay board  13  RESET key  90    Responder  ear tag  Responder  37  53  PM Responder  37  53  X Responder  37  53    Responder numbers  automatic reading  52  input  51  manual input  53    restricted mode  89  concentrate distribution  66  milk distribution  65    S    safety instructions  9  scales  149  service  140    service and maintenance  140  concentrate feeder  143    Setup  36  activating compressed air cleaning  43  activating the concentrate  36  activati
92. at all     there is no need to assign a  solid matter content  to fresh milk  default value is 120g L      H5   Milk ratio periods  s10 6 p97     The percentages you enter here are the percentages of liquid milk in the diet   The balance  not entered  is the powdered milk component     a  for powdered milk ONLY feedplans  no liquid milk at all     The milk ratio plan should be set to  from O to O     Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter    Display reads  3   milk functions   Down arrow to  3   milk ratio plan   Right arrow into this submenu  Select the group  then right arrow into the  milk ratio plan  fields for this group  Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter    Right arrow takes you into the  milk ratio plan  fields for that group   Press  enter  to open the displayed data  then work through the display  entering the  following data             period length tally milk ratio description  1 80 days days 1 80 from 0  to 0  100  powdered milk  from to          Confirm with  enter  when finished     b  for liquid milk ONLY feedplans  no powdered milk at all   The milk ratio plan should be set to  from 100 to 100      Follow the steps as for part  a   above   in order to enter the following data          period length tally milk ratio description  1 80 days   days 1 80 from 100  to 100  100  liquid milk  from to       Confirm with  enter  when finished     c  for feed plans involving BOTH liquid milk 4 powdered milk  This is where you ente
93. ave to deactivate  it in Setup     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Detergent    5  setup  gt   Pump        detergent pump      PP  nd    Setup    Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Enter    no    if the automatic feeder is not equipped with a de   tergent pump  Press ENTER to confirm the input     5 detergent pump  available   yes    5 detergent pump  available   no    Enter the detergent amount in switch menu 2   rinsing  submenu    Settings  Cleaning    Settings  Detergent        7 3 10 Activating Compressed Air Cleaning    pp    PP          4    Co      gt      gt     If the automatic feeder is equipped with a device for compressed air cleaning  make sure    that you have activated it in Setup   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu   Air Clea   ning      Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     If the automatic feeder is equipped with a device for compres   sed air cleaning  enter    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the  input     7 3 11 Institute    pp  pp    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Institute        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Enter    yes    if a PC for the evaluation program is connected   Press ENTER to confirm the input     5  setup    air cleaning    5  air cleaning    available      no    5  air cleaning    available      5  setup  institute    5  institute  available      5  institute  available      yes    no    yes     db      gt      gt      d     gt     44    7 4 Connection T
94. ays  the animal is shifted to the right of the concentrate curve  From now on  the milk  quantity is calculated each day anew according to concentrate consumption  However  the  milk quantity cannot be increased even if the concentrate consumption decreases     Enter the final value for weaning  Press ENTER to confirm 45  A start  0 6 kg  the input  end  1 8 kg    If an animal has reached or exceeded the set final value over a period of 4 days  it will only  get the minimum quantity set in the feeding plan  The feeding plan indicates how long the  minimum amount should be fed     Standard values for weaning by concentrate  start 0 5 kg  end 2 0 kg     The feeding period can also be shortened by weight depen  45  group A  no  gt   dent weaning  provided that the automatic feeder is equipped  weight dep  feeding   with an animal scales that has been previously registered in    Setup   The feed amount is reduced bit by bit as soon as an  animal has reached a certain weight     Press the Yes No key to modify the standard setting  no   45  group A  yes  gt   Press ENTER to confirm the input  weight dep  feeding   Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Key in as of 45  A start  65 kg  which weight  weight dependent weaning should begin  here  factor  0 25L kg    as of 65 kg   Select the weight factor  here  0 25   Example  with standard values  if the weight of an animal in group A is  65 kilograms  0 25 liters per kilogram weight gain will be de   ducted from the feed quant
95. ays 11 50 from 40L to 4 0L  3 25 days days 51 75 from  40L to 2 0L  4 5 days days 76 80 from 2 0L to 2 0L  Drink sizes       min Becomes max   period length tally drink available drink  1 10 days days 1 10 1 0L 5am 15L   2 40 days   days 11 50 1 6L 8am 2 0L   3 30 days days 51 80 1 6L 7am 2 0L          WestfaliaSurge Australia   Feedplan 2  advanced calf feeding        milk  L day   NOU 2010    s        days             Daily allowances  period length tally daily drink allowance  1 5 days days 1 5 from 3 0L to 3 0L  2 25 days days 6 30 from 3 0L to 50L  3 25 days days 31 55 from 50L to 50L  4  5       20 days days 56 75 from 5 0L to ZO  5 days days 76 80 from 2 0L to 2 0L          Drink sizes       min Becomes max   period length tally drink available drink  1 5 days days 1 5 1 0L 5am 15L   2 25 days   days 6 30 12L 8am 20L   3 25 days days 31 55 1 6L 7am 2 0L   4 25 days days 56 80 2 0L 8pm 2 0L             for pellet feeders    The stand alone calf feeder can handle up to 4 pellet feeding stations  silo 1 4    2 types of pellet or grain can be fed via the system  but only 1 type can be fed at each individual  station     A  Check switches in the transceiver for the pellet feeder   1  DIP switches   check that these are set for baud rate of 19200  see manual 7 3 2     2  Check that the feeding mode switch is on  RAT   restricted   not  ad lib   9 8 2     B  Run a  connection test   7 4     When you have wired all cables connecting the pellet feeder to it s transceiver   amp 
96. be removed from the system  an alarm for remaining de   tergent will be displayed as soon as the automatic feeder reboots    Feeding mode is blocked until the alarm message disappears     The display shows  remaining detergent  remove  yes    If you want to remove the remaining detergent during the rinsing process  press ENTER to  confirm    yes     The rinsing process starts running automatically     114 Alarms    13 2 Animal Alarms    Menu    Animal Alarms  contains all data referring to animals    drinking behaviour that may  lead to alarm messages as a result of the alarm levels  All alarms are animal specific     In switch position 4   verifications you can view all animal data     13 2 1 Drinking Alarms    Warning today If an animal does not consume the available milk amount within 3 hours after release  it will  be displayed in Warning Today     Press    C    to delete warnings today temporarily  They will reappear in feeding mode as the  reason for the warning is still existing   Warning today disappears automatically as soon as the animal has consumed the shortfall    quantity   Warning Warning yesterday is determined during daily calculation  It is displayed for all animals ha   yesterday ving reached the alarm levels     Press    C    to delete warning yesterday  Warning yesterday is deleted automatically at the  next daily calculation     Warning yesterday will be displayed in case the milk has been released less than 2 hours  before day change  0 00 h  and the an
97. bly consume concentrate     9 6 1 Warning Levels for Milk    Keyboard  T    e      Se      EN  p    wu Ww    Ron       wu Ww    Pr    og          h        h     ge    ot Es    n ee          X       qnem       ES Ke          Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 20 and press ENTER to confirm the input  20  warning level  gt   feeding     Select submenu    Feeding     20  warning level  gt   feeding       Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  20  warning level  gt   for group A       Select the group  204 warning level  gt   for group A     Move to the next screen and press ENTER  20  A consum  80   gt   feeding speed 70     After    Consumption    press ENTER again  Next to    Feeding  Speed    enter the corresponding warning level     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Go to the next screen and press ENTER  20  A breaks ay    no additives 2    Enter the warning level for breaks without additive  Press EN   TER to confirm the input     Move to the next screen and press ENTER  20  A breaks  gt   with additives 2    Jp    Warning Levels    Enter the warning level for breaks with additive  Press EN   TER to confirm the input     Standard values for all four groups   Consumption 80    Feeding speed 70      Breaks without additive 2  Breaks with additive 2    9 6 2 Warning Levels for Concentrate    pp    MIN Ba  p p     i   MIN Ba   i   ES    pp  pp  Vp       Select submenu    Concentrate      Go to the next screen and press ENTER   Enter the number of days for
98. cates that the switch menu consists of several submenus     Press Arrow Right to select one after another all messages of the selected menu   Arrow Right on the display shows that further screens are going to follow     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the animal number or the group   When the keys are active  the display shows the character       You have to open the memory before making inputs  the cursor flashes   For this  press  ENTER     The memory for the input of numbers into the keyboard menu is already open  The cursor  flashes  Enter the corresponding figure and confirm with ENTER  If a menu has several in   put possibilities  only open the first input area  the remaining areas will open automatically  when you close the preceding one  Press ENTER to confirm all inputs     If the memory is closed  the cursor does not flash   press ESCAPE to return to the begin   ning     Press ESCAPE once again to return to the first screen of the menu     30 Input Routine    5 2 4 Exercises Concerning the Switch Menus    e Turn the program switch to 5   calibration  The first submenu  calibration  gt     H    Water boiler    is displayed  water boiler          m Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to further submenus  calibration 5  Y     Water HE  Milk  MP  Additives  Detergent   water boiler       A Press Arrow Right to move to the following screen  water targ  500ml  gt   Rat measured   eni       5 2 2 Exercises Concerning the Keyboard Menus  Keyboard Turn the program sw
99. ccording to concentrate consumption or weight  you can shorten  the feeding periods  The beginning of weaning can be controlled by concentrate consump   tion  If animal s average concentrate consumption of the last 4 days  type 1 and 2 together   exceeds the initial value of concentrate dependent weaning  the animal will be shifted to the  beginning of the weaning period  As soon as the animal reaches the final value of concen   trate consumption  it will only get the minimum quantity set in the feeding plan  The mini   mum quantity is determined by the feeding plan     Example  Weaning  F  rster  Technik    feeding quantity in liters day  0                                                          9  Start   8   7   6   5   4   a End  2 n  1   0   0 4 0 8 1 2 1 6 2 0 2 4    concentrate consumption in kg day    8    Pr    h     ee       h     este        la    pp    PP    al    Altering the Operational Data 7    Go to the next screen  45  A start  0 5 kg  end  2 0 kg    Press ENTER  Enter the initial value for the beginning of 45  A start  0 6 kg  weaning  end  2 0 kg    Press ENTER to confirm the input     Tf the initial value is not attained  the animal will be fed according to the feeding plan  If at  daily calculation  animal s average concentrate consumption of the last four days exceeds  the initial threshold value for weaning  the correction days will be calculated automatically  and the animal will be shifted to the beginning of the weaning period  By the correction  d
100. ce Way           sssssssseesee hm me  3 5     Connecting Calfscan i c eR RARE RR RR Gas Ree e ele ake e  3 6 Water and Milk Connection         ooooocccccccccnnc e nr   GB  Water Connection    erae Te epe re a t E Ra ees mud rent   3 6 2  Milk  Connection    user Ree Lee se Pe ot DE ice eens ea Pad    Location and Installation of the Concentrate Feeder                          Operation and Operating Elements     5 1 Operating Elements     5 1 1 Program Switch and Switch Menu       5 1 2 Keyboard and Keyboard Menu       SES   Manual Keys  zov ER rn we DE IR PL TE  5 2  Input ROUNE ennt ee ee ue dE  5 2 1 Exercises Concerning the Switch Menus             00000  cece cece teens  5 2 2 Exercises Concerning the Keyboard Menus         StartUp is ceca ADA ANA A Ed  6 1 Connecting the Mains Plug          occcoccccccocncnnc eR Rh  6 2 Filling the Boiler of the Heat Exchanger with Water       6 3 Dry Running Protection for Circulation Pump  if available     6 4 Deaerating the Circulation Pump  if available            0 0 0    cece eee  6 5 Filling the Milk Powder into the Powder Hopper       6 6 Filling the Milk Storage Tank       Basic Inputs during Installation             0  cece eee eee eee eee  TV     Checking  Date  and Time  inc cesi ten nes ied ee Pedy TUR UC HIER oud ea  1 2  New Installation c  r ein en Pan Ra lie  1 3  Setup  run laser re ad a een  7 3 1 Activating the Concentrate        oo ococococcccccoccnc nennen nennen  7 3 2 Setting the Baud Rate for PC and Concentrate 
101. ckage insert   Discuss the dosage with the veterinary  if necessary     11 4 Making Out Medicine Prescriptions    Additives               You have to make out a prescription before storing it and before starting to administer an  additive to the animals  The prescription is then kept up until you change it     Turn the program switch to 9   additives  The display shows  medicine  gt     distribute     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to menu    Make Out  medicine prescr    gt     Medicine Prescriptions     make out   Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  prescr  1  EN  select   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the prescription that prescr  1  5   has to be made out  You can enter up to 4 prescriptions  select   Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  prescr  1  gt     g 100kg   yes    Select the desired distribution  g 100 kg  g day  g L      Enter    yes    to select the desired distribution   Press ENTER to confirm the input     96    pp    Additives    Medicine distribution is either milk dependent in grams per liter  g L  or weight dependent  in grams per 100 kg animal weight  g 100 kg  or it is related to the day quantity per animal  and day  g day      Drink dependent additive distribution     Each milk portion contains the same additive amount  i e  animals getting more milk will  get more additive than animals getting less milk  Example  a 50 kg animal gets 8 L milk per  day  a 100 kg animal 2 L milk per day  In case the entered medicine amount
102. close off the area beside the feeding station     Move to the next screen  Set the input or reading sensitivity of  squelch antenna  the antennas  The higher the entered value  the lower the an    feeding 180 E    tenna range  Potential input  O to 200     Press ENTER to confirm the input     The antenna type is decisive for the identification range  In case of micro  identification     Calfscan    you can set the range by the Squelch value of the antenna  The following table  contains Squelch values and identification ranges for the different Responders  These  Squelch values are empirical and have already been factory set     Responder Squelch  Standard values    Identification range  X Responder ge  t1 max  25   30cm    Ear tag  Responder max  25   30cm  PM Responder max  20   25 cm    The entered value is active  until you change it manually        7 8 4 Manual Input of Responder Numbers    E     pa    ene          h   o       l      Pr    Press ENTER  Subsequently  enter the desired animal number  animal No   Ta   and the corresponding Responder number  transm  No   1234    Press ENTER to confirm the input     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the next animal animal No   2a   number  transm  No   1235    Press ENTER to confirm the input     After the Responder input has been completed  press  ESCAPE to return to the menu     54 Registering the Animals    7 9 Registering the Animals    At animal registration the animals are allocated to several feeding groups accordi
103. culate the amount needed for 1L of water in the mixer jar     Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge     Down arrow to  cleaning settings     Right arrow to enter this submenu  Display reads  cleaning settings heat exchanger    Down arrow to  cleaning settings detergent     Right arrow into this section  Display reads  detergent O g L    Enter calculated amount  amp  confirm with  enter      G  Demonstrate sponge cleaning  14 1    Sponge cleaning physically cleans the milk warming coil inside the boiler    It cannot happen automatically  The farmer has to do this in person   amp  it should be done twice  each week whenever the calf feeder is operating with liquid milk  There is no need to perform  sponge cleaning if the feeder is operating entirely on powdered milk     For sponge cleaning   Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge    Right arrow to enter this submenu  Display reads  HE with sponge cleaning   start   Open the coupling for the sponge on the upper RHS of the front of the unit   The sponge can be dipped in a cleaning detergent prior to entry if desired  but if so the coil  Should be rinsed at the end of sponge cleaning     Insert the sponge  close the coupling   amp  press  start stop     The sponge will be forced through the milk warming coil under pressure  amp  come out in the  mixer jar along with approx 750ml of water    When finished display reads  HE with sponge cleaning finished     Fold out the mixer jar to drain
104. d AC sensitivity card   BT1 A1 OQ    ONAN  x id GU S gu v electrodes  control distributor  gt 2 30  gt 2 30 ES  2   e oue Cd D Hz poti  with filter 7000 7000 Sensitivity CND  BT1 S1   SA2 as of 07 01     programme switch                                                    N  N  o i El oO C O0 x TE OD 2 e    ore oor 9 oor 0         Eos ea 155 mop  25  T ji TE e e  WTI 53 roe fen  x x ae         58   40 C  ER   a ei  ENG GND GND  C  2530 2530 8 ES g  V V o 8 a n e  RS 422  aa a o m E 5 o gt  T  Frl   1 A6 o 2 o  a SS FE 5    RR   ee 3     BY a identification identification go a a  RS 232 t2 8  Calfscan S E   Calfscan S E  E 5    terface tag PC printer feeding box 1 feeding box 2  approximate values for temperature  TAK5   SA2   XX    F1  P1 z Zeichnungs  Nr  PL10244  Mikro mu TAM F  rster Technik GmbH Maar   Blatt 7  3 AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16 10 2005  mae ert  Anderung Ind  Datum  Name ame jr G  ltig bis                                                                                                                                                                                                            BT1 A2 keyboard card  BT1 A3 processor card   B11 A3 A8  BTI A3 A11  BTI A3 A10  BTI A3 A9  BTI A3 A7  interface card interface card interface card interface card interface card  RS232 RS422 RS232 RS422 RS232 RS422 RS422 RS422  channel 1 channel 5 channel 4 channel 3 channel 2  OUT 5 IN OUT 4 IN OUT 3 IN OUT 2 IN  3  i i  ER i Ss  gt  m L B5 oz S 5 o 3 9 5 os es o
105. d from the system and hoses  clear water comes out of the hoses  press Start Stop to com  Connected   yes    plete pre cleaning  The display shows     Now connect the cleaning adaptor or the milk hose connected  to it to the milk supply  Press ENTER to confirm    yes        The following message is displayed  to deaerate    press feeding pump    In support of the deaeration process  push the button at the  upper left of the chassis to activate the feeding pump     As soon as the system is deaerated  the main cleaning process  lasting 10 minutes  starts  running automatically  If the detergent dosing pump is available and you activated it in Se   tup  the detergent will be automatically added to the water     Time starts running backwards from 10 to 0 minutes  You can  clean HE  cut off the cleaning process at any time by pressing Start  rem  09 55min stop   Stop     After the main cleaning process has been completed you have  hoses  to remove the suction hoses from the milk supply of the auto   uncoupled yes  matic feeder in order to start the rinsing process     After you have removed the hoses  press ENTER to confirm     yes        The following message appears  press feeding pump  afterrinse stop    In support of the rinsing process  push the button at the upper left of the chassis to activate  the feeding pump  The rinsing water is then drained via the mixer jar and the connected ho   ses  As soon as the long electrode  level electrode  is free  the next water portion wil
106. date  A  since 17 07 03 4    148 Error Messages    water check will be carried out if the short electrode has not at  all or not long enough been hit by the water jet     Press    O C    to set the number of water checks to O and to up   date the date     ps Go to the next screen  The display shows the number of milk  Rat checks that have been carried out since the indicated date  A  since 01 07 03 2  milk check will be carried out if the electrode has not at all or   not long enough been hit by the milk jet     Y             Press    O C    to set the number of milk checks to O and to up   date the date     h     Ke    Animal Scales 14    18 Animal Scales    For connection  see Connection Plan     Make sure that animal scales 1 is connected to feeding station 1 and animal scales 2 to fee   ding station 2  On the motherboard  scales 1 corresponds to channel 4 and scales 2 to chan   nel 5     In keyboard menu    Animal Scales     program switch position 10   enter 25 to carry out the  following      Test the connected animal scales  The display shows the animal weight that has just been  ascertained      Tare the animal scales and carry out weighing      Check whether communication has been established to the connected animal scales     18 1 Testing Connection  Taring Animal Scales Carrying Out Weighing    Keyboard   0      p  A Wee    pp          Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 25  Press ENTER to confirm the input  The automatic 25  test box 2  feeder brief
107. ding  and the 478 L SM  56 kg    concentration plan  Example with standard values     Standard values feeding plan   also refer to the annex of this instruction manual   group A  total 478 L   77 days  group B  total 384 L   70 days    group C  total 316 L   64 days  group D  total 346 L   71 days       74    Altering the Operational Data    9 1 2 Weaning    Keyboard     P    pe    E          pP    PP    In this submenu you can select whether the individual animal groups are to be weaned ac   cording to the feeding plan  to concentrate consumption or to weight  provided that the au   tomatic feeder is equipped with a concentrate feeder or an animal scales previously selected  in Setup      Turn the program switch to position 10   keyboard     Enter 45  Press ENTER to confirm the input  Select the group  45  weaning SS  that is to be weaned  group A       Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  If the groupis  454 group A  yes  to be weaned according to the feeding plan  you do not need feed acc  to plan     to modify the standard setting     yes         In case of concentrate dependent weaning and provided that  45  group A  no  gt   the automatic feeder is equipped with a concentrate feeder C dependent feeding   previously selected in Setup  press Arrow Up  Arrow Down   to move to the following screen     Press the Yes No key to change the standard setting  no   45  group A  yes  gt   Press ENTER to confirm the input  C dependent feeding     If the animals are weaned a
108. ding pump e g  to drain off manually the rinsing water in the mixer  jar via the mixer draining valve or the suction hoses     Box valve 1             Box valve 2    Mixer draining valve       Suction hose connection 1 At    0 me  gt   pw NA  p        Suction hose connection 2    wi      m  e   Feeding pump  qe    Hose connection for mi  uction hose connection to mixer    xer draining valve         NOS e  cian    Never clean the feeding pump by means of the cleaning sponge     Technical Data of the Automatic Feeder 17    2 Technical Data of the Automatic Feeder    Please observe the information on the nameplate located at the left of the chassis     Electrical Connection  TAK5 SA2 38 P1  TAK5 SA2 27 F1  400 V     230V   400V   3   N  PE  50 Hz  16 A    TAK5 SA2 27 F1  230 V     230V  L N PE  50 Hz  16A    TAK5 SA2 32 P1    230V  L N PE  50 Hz  20 A    TAK5 SA2 30 P1    200V   L1  L2   Grd   50 60 Hz  20 A    TAK5 SA2 28 P1  only for U S A  and Canada     240V   L1  L2   Grd   60 Hz  15 A    Water Connection    1 2    hose with 3 4    hose coupling   The local water pressure has to be between 2 5 and 6 bar     Heat exchanger    Boiler capacity  approx  7 L   Capacity of the stainless steel coil  0 5 L    Milk powder hopper   storage capacity  with top section     Approx  35 kg    18    Technical Data of the Automatic Feeder    Number of feeding stations    An automatic feeder can feed 20   30 rearing calves or 15   20 fattening calves per feeding  station  In case of two feedi
109. dispensed quantity is correct     LH        Standard value for the calibration of additives  O    N    Calibrating the Concentrate 4    7 5 3 Calibrating the Concentrate    The concentrate has to be calibrated separately for each concentrate station     e Clean the feeding bowl       Press the calibration key at the corresponding concentrate station and wait until dosing  switches off automatically     NI            Remove the entire quantity from the feeding bowl and weigh it     The quantity to be calibrated is distributed only if no animal is staying within the identifica   tion range of the feeding station  The slide switch located at the Master station has to be on  position    Restricted     If the slide switch is on position    Ad Lib     switch over to    Restricted     and press RESET until both red alarm LEDs light up  Then  release RESET     A    Enter the calibration values into the Stand Alone   H Turn the program switch to 5   calibration     fe        Select submenu    concentrate     The submenus are displayed calibration  gt   Y only if the concentrate has been selected in Setup  concentrate f   pe Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  calibration E  ER concentrate silo 1     pa ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the concentrate silo  calibration R  y  1 4   concentrate silo 1        Press ENTER to confirm the input     h        ene  E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  silo 1 dosing  gt   GR Example for silo 1  quantity  0 g       Pre
110. dividual allocation  individual registration    7 9 1   p 57   This is straightforward  amp  works well if only a few calves need to be entered  amp  allocated each  day    Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp info     Down arrow to  register  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu    Work through the available calf numbers  allocating them to groups one by one     c  Batch allocation     group registration      7 9 2 p59   This works you have a    run of calves  with an unbroken series of Numbered Eartags that all  need to be allocated to the same Calf Group  eg 183 to 197   register to B    Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp  info     Down arrow to  register groups  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu    Press  enter  to open the displayed data   amp  work through the display    You will be asked to allocate a run of calves to a particular group   eg    183 to 197   register to A       If another run of calves needs to be allocated to another group  repeat the process     3  Enter correction days   correct for age     When a calf is allocated to a Calf Group  the feeder will start it on Day 1 of its Feedplan  unless told otherwise  Calves that are 3 5 days old at entry don t need correcting  but calves  much older than this should be  moved along the Feedplan    amp  this should be done  individually for each  older  calf    Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp info     Right arrow to   calf no  corr    0 days    Select the calf number to be  corrected   amp  press  en
111. e heat exchanger in Setup     17 3 The Feeding Mode Cuts Off    If the feeding mode cuts off because the temperature has fal   len below the minimum operating temperature  the display check temperature  will show       Check the position of the thermostats       Check the heating     17 4 The Data Are Deleted    If the data are deleted  a bleep will be emitted  This message  data destroyed  occurs very rarely and only after extremely intensive interfe   press key 0 c  rence on the control  As soon as this message appears  carry  out    New installation  All New        Press   0 C   The display shows    Data destroyed  New Instal   data destroyed  C lation  Yes     Refer to chapter 7 2  page 34     Basic Inputs Du   new installationyes    ring Installation  New Installation       m ES Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  The fol   instruction manual  SR   d lowing message will be displayed  read  yes     p ES Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input   xl  ee       146 Error Messages    A All data are deleted and the operational data are overwritten by standard values       For programming  proceed as for start up     17 5 The Supply Electrode is Earthed    If the short  supply  electrode is earthed before a portion is test sensor probe  prepared  the display will show  please wait   If  after a short time  the display shows the message    Error  error   Supply Electrode    the feeding mode will cut off  supply electrode    e Check whether the sho
112. e up quantity is attained thus preventing the  animals from consuming very small portions  As soon as an animal has attained the mini   mum save up quantity during an interval  the feed quantity will be released and can be clai   med even on several visits     64 Preparing the Milk Portions    Carryover     If an animal does not entirely consume the available feed quantity until midnight  there will  be a quantity left that is carried over to the following day  Consequently  at midnight the va   lue is not zero but it corresponds to the carryover  The quantity exceeding the carryover is  not transferred to the next day but it is cancelled     Maximum quantity     To avoid excessive milk or concentrate intake due to too high minimum save up quantity   the animals can only claim limited quantities  Once the maximum quantity is attained  the  entitlement is blocked for two hours  The accumulated quantities are not cancelled     8 1 Preparing the Milk Portions    The warm water is taken from the boiler of the heat exchanger  The milk pump delivers the  milk through the stainless steel coil of the heat exchanger into the mixer jar     The circulation pump   if available   keeps the warm boiler water moving at high speed  thus effecting rapid heat transfer to the liquid inside the stainless steel coil  15 minutes after  the last portion has been distributed  the circulation pump switches off automatically  Every  15 minutes the pump switches on for 1 minute or in case an animal cla
113. ed during the first 3 days after registration     Warning today The second line indicates the current drinking speed  today  1A  dr speed L min  as a percentage compared with the 3 day average as well as today 72    0 82 2  the corresponding figure in liters per minute  The displayed  animal e g  is a warning animal because it has drunk slowlier  than usual and the drinking speed is below the alarm level of  e g  80       Warning yesterday The second line indicates yesterday s drinking speed as a per   12A dr speed L min  centage compared with the 3 day average as well as the value  yest  78    0 94  gt   in liters per minute     13 2 4 Additive Alarm    If an animal drinks up the milk portion in the mixer jar before  17c  additive alarm  the total additive amount has been added to the milk  the fol   10ng dosing time  s  lowing warning message will be displayed     116    Alarms  If the dispensed additive amount falls below the minimum 17C  additive alarm  value of 1 gram per portion  the display will show the follo  dos quant  only   g    wing warning message     13 2 5 Unknown Transmitters    If a Responder number that could not be allocated to none of unknown transmitter  the animal numbers  collar number  is read  it will be automa   xo   1234 100a  tically registered  The same applies to a Responder number   that has been allocated to a non registered animal number    Example  Responder number 1234 has been read and alloca    ted to collar number 100  The animal number 
114. ed in order to allow undisturbed accustoming at the other feeding station     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 4 and press ENTER to confirm the input     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     Select box number 1 or 2     Press ENTER  Enter the duration of accustoming aid  up to  180 minutes   3 hours   During this time the identification at  the other station is not active     Press ENTER to confirm the input     Select    yes    and press ENTER     Go to the next screen     Select    Warn Calves      Box 1    or    Box 2     You can only pri     vilege warn calves or box 1 or box 2    Select    yes    if you want to privilege warn animals  Press EN   TER to confirm the input    Go to the next screen     Select box 1 or 2     Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input     4  accustom     feeding box    4  box 1     4  box 2     4  box 2     4  box 2     4  box 2     aid  gt     accustom   for 60 min      no    accustom   for 60 min      no    accustom   for 90 min      no    accustom   for 90 min      no    accustom   for 90 min      yes    4  warn calves    gt     priority      no    4  warn calves    gt     priority      4   box 1    priority      4   box 2    priority      4  box 2    priority      yes    no    no    yes    After the entered duration of the accustoming period has lapsed  the warn animals or the  feeding station 1 or 2 are privileged until you change    priority yes    into    priority no        Functioning of Automatic
115. ed requi   c2 req 19 1kg  oi rement of concentrate 2 for all animals in kilograms as well as  consumed 5 2kg  the already consumed quantity  in kg         126 Total Consumption    13 7 Total Consumption    In menu    Consumption Totals    you can view the total quantities of milk  milk powder  con   centrate and additives consumed up to now by each individual animal           Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard    0   e  7 ES Enter 22  Press ENTER to confirm the input  1A    milk 20 5 L A     5 este  MP 9 8 kg  Select the animal  The display shows the total consumption of  2A  milk 18 5 L  gt   Y milk and milk powder of the corresponding animal  MP 7 6 kg  A The next screen shows the total consumption of the additives  2a  x1 25 g  gt   Ra X1   X2  X2 0g  A Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The display 2A  X3 25 g EN  ac shows the total consumption of the additives X3   X4  X4 0 o  E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The display 2A  EL 15 kg EN  oi shows the total electrolyte consumption   ai Go to the next screen  Here you can view the total consump  2A  C1 12 5 kg  gt   ug tion of concentrate type 1   2  C2 21 2 kg          Cleaning 127    14 Cleaning    El E    The automatic feeder has to be cleaned regularly  particularly if fresh milk is fed  You can  choose between the following options       HE with sponge  HE   Heat Exchanger     Heat exchanger     HE with hoses     Mixer     Compressed air cleaning      Cleaning settings for  hea
116. een  animal No      ag     transm  No            ES Select the animal number   Y    Hold the Responder of the selected collar within the reach of  the antenna     OW Ww    Press Start Stop  A bleep is emitted as soon as the Responder  animail No   la   So is read  The cursor starts flashing on zero in case the number  transm  No   1234  could not be read     Y       Press ENTER to confirm the read in number     h     este        Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Here you can start  antenna test start  gt   ac the antenna test  The antenna test facilitates detection of over   lappings in the identification range     X       Press Start Stop  A bleep is emitted as soon as the Responder  ep is read  The Responder number read appears in the text area at  the upper right of the screen next to the antenna symbol     Y          Two different Responders can be read simultaneously at two antennas  If  for instance  at  antenna 1 a Responder is read which is actually assigned to antenna 2  we talk about faulty  identification caused by an overlap of reach  Faulty identification also occurs when animals  standing beside the feeding station are identified  In case of micro identification    Mikro     A    re  e    E    Animal Identification 53    Nedap    you can set the identification range of the antenna by the antenna Squelch value  In  case of micro  identification    Mikro Tiris     install a screening of the antennas by means of  earthed metal sheet plates  If necessary  
117. efer to the package insert  15 g L    14 5 6 Cleaning Settings Compressed Air Cleaning          Rinsing Turn the program switch to position 2   cleaning  The display  c1eaning ES  fe shows  HE with sponge   o In the Powder version    Mixer    is displayed instead   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu cleaning  gt   Y    Settings     settings     f Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  cleaning settings 3  GEM heat exchanger   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to submenu    Air cleaning settings  gt   Y Cleaning     air cleaning     cu    h     ES       WW x       h     Rig eoe       A  h     SCH       En et       ig     u  h     be    ba E   E Se                Cleaning    Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     If compressed air cleaning has to be carried out automati   cally  enter    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Select the fee   ding station where the compressed air has been installed     In the next menu you can select the cleaning intensity  weak   medium  Standard  strong   Press Yes No and then ENTER to  confirm the input  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a  servo control  we recommend to select    strong        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     No    means  that compressed air cleaning will not cut off if an animal wi   thout feed entitlement is identified in the feeding station      Yes    means that compressed air cleaning does not cut off  until an a
118. elect submenu    Water Boiler        Water HE        Milk        MP    calibration 5  y or    Detergent     water boiler       Hereinafter we will exemplarily describe how to calibrate boi   ler water     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  water targ   500 ml  E measured  o mit    H Hold an empty measuring vessel under the discharge   Press Start Stop   Measure or weigh the collected quantity   E  7 Press ENTER and enter the measured or weighed quantity  water targ   500 ml  gne   d measured  390 ml    Press ENTER once again     h     ES       The entered figure disappears as soon as you press Start Stop   water targ   500m1 gt   So The calibration process is said to be completed as soon as the measured  ae mii  set quantity is attained     Y          ee Press Arrow Right  The display shows when the correspon  water last calib   cu ding component has been calibrated last  on 17 07 08    Press Arrow Right  The display shows the time needed to dis   water targ   500 ml  wet pense the set quantity  duratione 4 00 s       M       The warning message    Dosing time too long    means that the  dosing time too long  dispensed resp  measured or entered quantity was too small   The set quantity was not attained      db    pa ES Press Arrow Up resp  Arrow Down to move to the following   caiibration  y menus  water HE    46 Calibration    For all other liquid and powder components  proceed as for  boiler water     Repeat the calibration process in order to be sure that the disp
119. empty remain  portion after 30 min  Machine alarms   v  gt   alarm type  gt    Delete alarms with 0 C key  3 Alarms Messages drinking   C    i i  gt  2  De Were 2 er Concentrate Warnings  arms  arn  anim Teeding   v  gt      y n  Animal Warn  anim nn vo B Warning today and warning yesterday are calculated regarding to the feeding plan  Alarms  Warn  anim wei ght  v B 3 days warning is calculated regarding to average consumption of the last 3 days  Expiry plan animals   v  gt   Feeding behaviour a v  gt  available drinking  gt    consumpt yesterday gt    breaks  no additives  gt    breaks with additive  gt   No  box consumption   No  box consumption  dr  speed today 2  dr  speed yesterday  C14C2a v  gt   avail    consum   gt   consumption yesterday  i il     gt  1  gt  i  4 Animal Clav  gt    avail    consum consum  yesterday C1 of 3 days 0 ek dosing amount  Verification   C24 v  gt    avail    consum   gt   consum  yesterday  gt  C2 of 3 days 0 3 dosing amount  Visits   v  gt  Visits fed  gt    visits not fed 2   visit with C  gt    visit without C  Animal scales   v  gt  animal weight  examine in list  gt    visit today  gt    day weight  yesterday   day before yesterday  Number of animals a v  gt   registered avail   gt    number of calves registered in group   V  Water boiler   v  gt   Water HE   v  gt   Calibration Process  Milka v  gt   1  Press Start to get calibration quantity  5 Calibration   MP   v 2  2  Measure resp  weigh the calibration quantity  Concentrate A  gt
120. ensed quantity is correct     7 5 2 Calibrating Additives    If the automatic feeder is equipped with an additive dispenser  you have to calibrate the ad   ditives  too     ES Select submenu    Additives     calibration E  Y additives S  Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  calibration 5    prescr  1        Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select prescription 1 4 calibration 5  y  X1 4  or electrolyte  EL   prescr  1   Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  X1 set  10 09  gt   measured  og 0G    Hold a measuring vessel under the discharge     Press Start Stop     Measure or weigh the collected quantity        Press ENTER  Enter the measured or weighed quantity  X1 set  10 0g 3    x               d    measured  8 0g       Press ENTER to confirm the input        ei  S       Weigh the powder additives by means of a precision scales  e g  electronic scales    Weighing precision has to be 0 1 g  Hold the measuring vessel under the discharge  Press  Start Stop  Weigh the quantity distributed and enter the figure corresponding to the measu   red or weighed quantity     E    If you do not have a precision scales  repeat the calibration process several times  in order to  get a larger additive amount  Then  divide the measured quantity by the number of calibra   tions and key in the figure     Li    Measure liquid additives by means of a measuring cylinder   Each additive prescription has to be calibrated     Repeat the calibration process  in order to be sure that the 
121. entified   last  if no number appears but a dot instead  the animal has   not been identified in none of the feeding stations   today s   milk quantity and today s real consumption in litres  in brak     kets     If an animal is in a temporary feed delay after having claimed  1a  block 110min  gt   the maximum quantity  the display will show the following 1 6 0  consu  1 5L  information     The upper line indicates the remaining time until the end of  feed delay   For the lower line  refer to the previous screen      Go to the next screen  The upper line indicates the milk quan   124  yest  5 54  tity of yesterday  The lower line first shows the number of the  2 consu  100  5 5L  feeding station where the animal has been identified last as   well as the real consumption as a percentage and in litres     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The second 12A breaks no add   line indicates the number of breaks without additive  today 0 yest  0  Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The second 12A breaks w  add   line indicates the number of breaks with additive  today 0 yest  0    Go to the next screen  The second line shows today s feeding  12A   dr speed L min  speed compared to the average of the last 3 days as a percen   today 98    1 32  gt   tage and in litres per minute     108    Animal Verification    Move to the next screen  The second line shows yesterday s  feeding speed compared to the average of the last 3 days as a  percentage and in litres per minu
122. ep Z Ld  ue d Buipooj puepueis       Oo Q   00     10 ST COQNL TO    T      dnous uejd BuipooeJ pjepuejs    uojy puels      ep Jed saei ur vum    Annex    Standard   Feeding Plan Group D    707     un  19  2 sep 9S itd  19   uw  10  2    sAep PL Ed  102  uw  19     skep PL  Zd    q9   uw  101 sep Z 1d  sennueno peyuirT pjepuei1s    en   en   en        XEN    diN BA zv   s  ep LZ  je101    1 6 021 01031 wow skep LI  Led  ue d uoneduo2u02  pJepue1s    1 9b      s  ep LZ   e101    193019 woy s  ep GE  bd  190919 wo s  ep L   Cd  19017 wo s  ep CL  Zd  1v01p wo s  ep g Ld  ue d BUIP99 p  epueIs    s  ep BuipoeoJ       o OO 0  rq St OQ re CO    dnouJury uejd BUIP39    p  epuels      uojy pues      ep Jed saei ur JIN    Annex    Example  Milk ratio plan group A    s  ep Bupas    cv Ge 8c    Japmod vu    v dnoip    H 01384 411 w               ul    ones    unu       Annex    Example  Milk ratio plan group B    SE     ilk ratio  group B       feeding days       milk powder          Annex    Feeding plan    Form    POL    A OR CL    x    DL    al    Sol    86    L6    v8    2    s  ep    OZ      9    99    6r    Ch    SE    8c    Le    H A d                                                                      Aep   an    oo KN OO va Oil   OH    Annex    ion plan    Concentrat    Form    ral    Zr    Or    cel    9d     el    al    sol    86    L      s  Bp  v8 2 OL    9 98    uejd uoneueouo2    6r    ch    Ge    8    LZ    V     i        5    OL  02  0     OV  OS  09  Of  08  06  DL  
123. erification list    Keyboard  D 7     E  pp    In keyboard menu 10   print list you can activate printing of a warning list and a verifica   tion list at any time  The annex of this instruction manual contains more detailed informa   tion on how to connect the printer to the automatic feeder     The Warning list contains all warning animals with the corresponding warning messages   Two lists are printed  the one for milk warnings and another for concentrate warnings     The Verification list contains information about feed entitlement  milk consumption as well  as drinking speed for all animals     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 21 and press ENTER to confirm the input  21  print list      warning list no    Press Arrow Right to go to the screen of the desired list  21  print list  gt   Example  verific  list no    Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  The will  be printed immediately     al    Error Messages 14    17 Error Messages    The automatic feeder and the concentrate feeder are continuously monitored by the proces   sor control  Errors caused are displayed on the screen     17 1 Checking the Calibration Values of the Milk    If one or more calibration values are missing  the display will  calibration values  show  adjust        e Carry out calibration again     17 2 The Heat Exchanger Is Not Active    If you have not activated the heat exchanger type in Setup  the  heat exchanger  display will show  enter in setup         Select th
124. ers dispense the next portion each time the feeding bowl is empty     9 8 1 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode  Automatic Feeder     Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard   D  e  ES Enter 2 and press ENTER to confirm the input  24 restricted yes  en    ad lib no             n  Me    ps SE Select    yes    for restricted mode or    no    for ad libitum mode   24 restricted yes  xl ee                   Press ENTER to confirm the input  ad lib no  Go to the next screen  The display shows the milk amount 2  today  12 L A  cu prepared yesterday and today  ad lib yest   234 L  E pa Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Press ENTER  2  ad lib  gt     e  Bos milk ratio 100    i Enter the milk ratio for the ad libitum portion  Press ENTER  Ma AS to confirm the input      be Move to the next screen and press ENTER  2  ad lib ER  S  i ig concentrationl20g L    Enter the concentration for the ad libitum portion and press  AS ENTER to confirm the input     i  7      ke Go to the next screen  Press ENTER  2  ad lib  gt   SR a additive 0g L    1 Enter the additive amount for the ad libitum portion   Ma AS Press ENTER to confirm the input                 90 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode    9 8 2 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode  Concentrate Feeders       Setthe slide switch located on the Master board to the desired position              ADLIB  2 Slide switch  RAT       RESET Taste NL  NZ  C       SE Nau      Press the RESET key     Milk Functions 91    10 Milk Functions    In menu    Milk 
125. es you to turn the program switch to the displayed position  in order e g  to  select the corresponding switch menu    Icon for measuring cylinder for collecting and weighing the feed components    Icon for scales used to weigh the feed components during calibration     Icon for thermometer to measure the body temperature     Icon for collar with identification system     Introduction 9    1 2 Safety Instructions    Read and understand the instruction manual and all safety instructions before using the  equipment     Use the equipment only to feed calves   The equipment is to be serviced by trained and authorized personnel only   To facilitate servicing  store the instruction manual next to the equipment     Expert installation  correct handling  as well as careful care and maintenance are the pre   requisits to ensure faultless functioning of the equipment     Incorrect data input may have serious consequences  Therefore  check the correctness of  data input     The livestock owner is liable for a regular and scrupulous control of his animals and the  functioning of the equipment  If  for any reasons  the system should break down or some  calves should not make use of it  the livestock owner is liable for choosing other feeding  methods for those animals     The manufacturer will not assume liability for injury  loss or damage  direct or conse   quential  of any kind from the use or inability to use the equipment     Remove any projecting objects from the calf house  e g  pi
126. ess an animal is fed with an  additive  The milk is dispensed according to the duration of the prescription  Weaned an   imals have to be    made younger    and do not have to be registered again     Go to the next screen  12A  C1   plan  gt     expires in 55 days    Go to the next screen  12A  C2   plan  gt     expires in 62 days    The display shows information on the remaining feeding days  until the end of the plan for concentrate type 1 and 2  After  the end of the plan has been attained  the concentrate is fed  according to the last set value     122    Animal Data and Info    13 5 2 Ration Day Animal    uw    ag        ag     X       M    ig           X    ag        X    Ron       X    ag           M    ag        Pr    In this menu you can view the composition of drinking and  concentrate per animal and current day     Select submenu    Ration Day Animal        Go to the next screen  The display shows information on the  day quantity of the milk and the concentrate amount  C1 and  C2 together      Move to the next screen  The display shows information on  the day quantity and the milk concentration     Go to the next screen  Here you can view the milk powder  quantity per day and the actual milk ratio as a percentage  The  absolute milk quantity is calculated per animal and day in li   tres depending on concentration  milk ratio of the group and  milk value  input in    Milk Functions         Move to the next screen  If a powder additive is fed  the dis   play will sho
127. est day  quantity  If the portion size is below 2 g L  add glucose or milk powder to the additive in  order to get larger portions     Move to the next screen  For the periods 2 to 5  proceed as  with period 1     Unlike the feeding plans  after pressing ENTER  the final value of the preceding period is  not automatically taken over as initial value  You can enter each period individually     The prescriptions are not bound to animal   s housing date  Before starting additive distribu   tion  you have to activate a prescription in Menu   Distributing the Medicine Prescription     or   Distributing the Electrolyte Prescription     After a feeding plan has lapsed  the milk will  nevertheless be distributed to the corresponding animal  according to the last day quantity   for the duration of additive distribution     98 Additives    11 2 Making Out the Electrolyte Prescription    scription  it will be stored and kept up until you change it  The day quantity and concentra   tion  g L  of electrolyte drinking is related to animal s weight and the severity of scours     Additives Turn the program switch to 9   additives  The display shows  medicine  gt        o distribute           Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to the menu    Make  electrolyte prescr  gt   Y Out Electrolyte Prescription     make out      KS Go to the next screen  electrolyte   oi for 0 days 0 g L  gt   ES Press ENTER  Enter the number of days for electrolyte distri  electrolyte   ez   bution  for 5 days 0 g 
128. est towards the Concentrate Feeder    Keyboard   0     a  PP  p  PP    Connection Test towards the Concentrate Feeder    Carry out a connection test after expert installation of the cable that connects the Stand    Alone to the concentrate feeders     Turn program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 49 and press ENTER to confirm the input     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input     Move to the next screen     Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input     If the connection e g  to the silos 1  amp  2 is o k   the display  shows     In case of connection fault  check the connecting cable to   wards the concentrate feeder as well as the power supply of  the stations  See wiring diagram    If necessary  carry out an interface test  See chapter 7 3 5   page 40     Setup  Carrying out an Interface Test        49 connection tes    49  silo 1 amp 2 test  gt   connection no    49  silo 182 test  gt   connection yes    49  silo 3 amp 4 test  gt   connection no    49  silo 384 test  gt   connection yes    49  silo 1 amp 2 test    connection ok    49  silo 1 amp 2 test  connection error      al    Calibration 4    7 5 Calibration    7 5 1 Calibrating Water  Milk  MP and Detergent    Calibration is defined as the input into the computer of the amount of water  milk   MP and  detergent dispensed during a specific time           T   Turn the program switch to 5   calibration  calibration    7 water boiler   s   A p S
129. et  AMO Es  eStart    The processor will convert the electronic signals of the weighing cell of the animal scales  into an indication of weight  This conversion factor    tare value  is ascertained when put   ting a weight of approx  50 kg on the animal scales      ES Press Start Stop  in order to tare the half body scales  5 HS1 tare value    Stop  After tare has been carried out  the display shows  5  50 kg put on  start      Press ENTER  Enter the weight value used for weighing   esi l   Standard value  50 kg        Press ENTER to confirm the input     Y MN       ee        40 Setup       Put a weight on the scales  in case of 50 kg e  g  two sacks 0f  54 50 kg put on   So milk powder   Press Start Stop once again  The display  shows   The tare value is automatically set for the connected half  HW1 tare value  body scales  For example  440  set  start  Press ENTER to confirm the indicated tare value    eue     In case the tare value should be checked once again  repeat the setting routine for tare va    lue  The ascertained tare value must correspond to the one determined before     7 3 5 Carrying Out an Interface Test    A If there is no communication between the concentrate stations  the printer  the PC or the an   imal scales  it is advisable to carry out an interface test  This test has to be carried out by  Customer Service     e Put the test connector on the motherboard  See connecting diagram        KE ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Interface 5  se
130. eyboard  7 8 4   manual responder input     Calf Feeders with Program Chip versions 01 00  amp  later have a  Setup option  to  Cancel Animal  Delete Transm    If this is activated  enter  yes   then removing a calf is simple   just turn the  dial to 6  Animal Data  amp  Info   down arrow to  Cancel Registrat   then right arrow into this  submenu  amp  select the calf to cancel     Earlier Program Chip versions were designed for European markets  where responders are taken   off one calf at weaning  amp  put onto a new calf that is about to start on the calf feeder machine     In Australia  the NLIS eartags are whole of life eartags  They can t be removed from one calf  amp   put onto another  So in Australia when a calf is removed   weaned off the calf feeder  the     transmitter number   NLIS responder number  must be cleared from the keyboard       Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp  info    Down arrow to  transmitter input  submenu   Right arrow to enter this submenu   Display reads  animal no  xxx   transm no  XXxxxxxxx   Use the up or down arrow to find the calf you wish to remove    Press  enter  to open up this calf s identification fields   Press    O   clear  to clear the visible calf number  then press  enter  to confirm  This should open up the 2     line  transm no field   cursor should be flashing    Press    O   clear  to clear the transmitter no  then press  enter  to confirm   Then press  9   escape  to return to the start of the menu        L  Changing a calf 
131. f them  just allocate calves to the corresponding group     The WestfaliaSurge Australia feedplans have not been entered into the keyboard   To use either of them  enter the data into the keyboard in place of a particular feedplan   A B C D   then allocate the calves to that group     note 1  the following tables give only the basic data for each feedplan   Data for the following 3 fields have not been included       concentration periods  see F3      solid matter contents  see F4    amp     milk ratio periods  see F5   These fields all require data input  but it will be farm specific  so general tables have  not been attempted here   note 2  data in shaded fields is for information only   it is not entered into the keyboard     Default Feedplan A                               3  d       E  0 EE T A  0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70  days  Daily allowances  period length Tally daily drink allowance  1 3 days days 1 3 from 60L to 6 0L  2 14 days days 4 17 from 6 0L to SOL  3 18 days days 18 35 from 80L to 80L  4 42 days days 36 77 from 80L to 2 5L                Drink sizes  min becomes max  period length tally drink   available drink  1 14 days days 1 14 15L 5am 20L  2 14 days days 15 28 2 0L 7am 25L  3 49 days   days29 77 _ 2 5L 7am 3 0L          Daily allowances    Default Feedplan B          milk  L day     days                               period length tally daily drink allowance  1 14 days days 1 14 from 50L to 7 0L  2 21 days days 15 35 from 7 0L to 7 0L  3 30 days days 36 65 f
132. f yesterday and the day before yesterday     12 2 7 Number of Animals    p    SR          8    pP    pP    3A day weight    yesterd     w 151 0kg    This submenu shows the number of registered animals  the numbers still available and the    number of registered animals per group     Select submenu    Number of animals        Go to the next screen  The display indicates the number of  registered animals as well as the numbers still available     Move to the next screen  The display shows the number of  registered animals per group     Select the group  After a short calculation time  the display  indicates the number of animals registered in the selected    group     animal verific   number of animals    registered  24    available     registered calves    group A        12    5      gt            Alarms 111    13 Alarms    The automatic feeder and the concentrate feeder are continuously monitored by the proces   sor control  In switch position 3   alarms you can view all those alarm messages relating to  the failures of the automatic feeder or to animals  drinking behaviour    The failures that interrupt the feeding mode are immediately displayed in program switch  position 1     Feeding Mode        13 4 Machine Alarms    3 Alarms         Menu    Machine Alarms    contains all alarm messages referring to the failures of the auto   matic feeder  A bleep is emitted at regular intervals  The error message disappears as soon  as an animal is identified     In case failures relati
133. first day of the feeding plan     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 10  Press ENTER to confirm the input  10  feeding plan  group A  2   Select the group  10  feeding plan  group A  x2    Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  10  A per 1 3 days    fr  6 0L to 6 0L  gt     Press ENTER  Enter the duration of period 1 in days  10  A per 1 4 days  fr  6 0L to 6 0L  gt     ow    Altering the Operational Data 7    Se Press ENTER to confirm the input   ES    Enter the start and end value of period 1 in litres and press 10  A per 1 4 days  K am ENTER to confirm the input  Enter and confirm separately Be  5 0 Eo 6 0       the figures preceding the decimal point  The cursor starts flas   hing at the relevant spots     pa Press Arrow Right to move to period 2  10  A per 2 14 days  SR fr  6 0L to 8 0L  gt     Enter the duration of the period in days and the end value in 10  A per 2 15 days  K a litres  Press ENTER to confirm the input  You do not need to    r  6 0L to 9 0L  gt     enter the start value of the period  This figure has been taken  over from the end value of the preceding period     E Press Arrow Right to move to the periods 3 to 5  Proceed as 104 A per 3 18 days  GH with the periods 1 and 2  Er  0 0 to 9 01    After the 5th period  the display shows the total duration of 10  feeding plan  the feeding plan  plan lasts 77 days  E The next screen shows plan requirement for the amount of 10  target consum   oi milk and solid matter calculated from the fee
134. fly protection door can be mounted together with the  dispenser for powder additives        A    accessories  15  additive dispenser  152  detergent dosing pump  155  double box  151  electrical vapour screen  153  fly protection door  156  fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning  154    accustoming aid  62  box selection  62    activating the heat exchanger  in Setup  42    ad libitum mode  89  concentrate  66  milk distribution  65    addition reduction  59  additive alarm  115  additive dispenser  152    additives  95  blocking the remaining portion  102  distributing the electrolyte  101  distributing the medicine  99  info  103  making out electrolyte prescriptions  98  making out medicine prescriptions  95    address  F  rster  Technik  10  alarm types  111    alarms   animal alarms  114  additive alarm  115  break  115  drinking speed  115  unknown transmitters  116   animal animals  drinking alarms  114   concentrate alarms  117   delete  114   expiry date  118   machine alarms  111  checking calibration values for concentrate  112  connection error animal scales or concentrate fee   der  111  idling of the shaft  112  mixer outlet  113  remaining detergent  113  the shaft is blocked  112    amount limits  concentrate  84  drinking  81    animal alarms  114  additive alarm  116  break  115  drinking alarms  114    157    drinking speed  115  unknown transmitters  116  animal data  120  cancel animal registration  123  change registration  124  ration day animal  122  
135. functions    you can carry out all settings relating to fresh milk feeding     10 1 Selecting the Milk Mode    Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard   D    4    f    N Enter 3 and press ENTER to confirm the input  34 milk functions     a E   gt     Ka Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  34 milk mode  Ria yes  gt    S Select    yes    or    no    and press ENTER  The automatic feeder  x est operates in the milk mode        Milk Mode  no    means that the automatic feeder runs in the water mode  i e  no milk is fed   It is advisable to carry out this setting  if no milk is fed over a long period of time     10 2 Commuting to Milk Powder Mode    El If the milk tank is empty  the automatic feeder will switch off  3  i   milk empty  ai or commute to milk powder mode  change to MP yes       Change to MP  yes    means that the automatic feeder continues to operate in the milk pow   der mode as soon as the fresh milk tank is empty      Change to MP  no    means that the automatic feeder switches off as soon as the fresh milk    tank is empty   Select    yes    or    no    and press ENTER to confirm the input   xl  ES    Take care that the powder hopper is always filled with milk powder     10 3 Entering the Milk Value    Ka The milk value is defined as the content of solid matter  SM   3  milk value  oi content  of the milk  The SM content of whole milk corres  120 g L SM    ponds to approx  120   130 g L        ES Press ENTER and enter the SM content of the milk 
136. g L to  120g L 100  liquid milk only  from to  from to       Confirm with  enter  when finished     b  for powdered milk ONLY feedplans  no liquid milk at all   Different brands of milk powder need different mixing rates  so check the MP bag for the    recommended rate for this brand  It seems to be standard practice amongst calf  rearers to steadily increase MP concentration by around 2076 over the first month   ie   use the  bag  rate as the period 1 concentration  the starting rate      then in period 2  increase this by 20   eg from 100g L to 120g L     then in period 3  sit on the increased rate  finishing rate    Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 11 then  enter    Display reads  11   concentr  plan group A   Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter    Right arrow takes you into the concentration plan fields for that group   Press  enter  to open the displayed data  then work through the display  entering data  period by period as per the following table         period length tally concentration description  1       10 days days 1 10 from rec g L to rec g L starting rate  2 20 days   days 11 30 from rec g L to  rec 20   g L building up rate  3 50 days days 31 80 from  rec 20  g L to  rec 20   g L finishing rate  from to  Confirm with  enter  when finished    rec    recommended concentration     rec 20    20  higher than the recommended concentration    c  for feedplans involving BOTH liquid milk  amp  powdered milk  The settings are the same as fo
137. g Start Stop the display will show the following detergent 10g L  message     Enter the detergent amount and press ENTER to confirm the  hoses    input  The display shows  ready   yes    In order to prepare the suction hoses for cleaning  proceed as follows     Remove the suction hoses from the teat   e Remove the milk hose from the automatic feeder       Ifthe milk hose has to be cleaned too  remove it from the milk tank  Before  close the  stopcock of the milk tank       Put the suction hoses on the cleaning adaptor but do not connect them to the milk supply  yet  Place the suction hoses on the ground so that the liquid can flow out smoothly     Annex F    If you want to rinse the milk hose too  you have to connect it to the quick coupling of  the cleaning adaptor   As soon as the suction hoses are ready for cleaning  press EN   hoses  TER to confirm    yes    in order to activate the cleaning cycle   ready   yes  Pre cleaning  First the coil  the mixer jar  the valve unit as well as the hoses  are pre cleaned  For this the milk is pressed through the coil  by the incoming water and then drained via the mixer jar  the  valve unit and the connected hoses  In support of the cleaning  process  push the button located at the upper left of the chas   sis to activate the feeding pump   The display shows  press feeding pump  pre rinse   stop  The next water portion is dispensed as soon as the long electrode is free   After all milk rests have been removed from the system  clear  h
138. g station 1 will get no milk because the milk por   tion will be dispensed at feeding station 2 instead     152 Accessories    19 2 Additive Dispenser Powder and Additive Dispenser Liquid    You can connect only one dosing device  Powder or Liquid  to Stand Alone II Plus        Installation  For installation and start up refer to the mounting instructions    Additive Dispenser Powder     resp     Additive Dispenser Liquid        Accessories 153    19 3 Electrical Vapour Screen for MP  and Powder Additive Outlet    The electrical vapour screen consists of a heating element located right below the milk pow   der  resp  powder additive outlet  In case of bad weather conditions  such as e g  too high  atmospheric humidity  the electrical vapour screen should prevent the milk powder and the  powder additive from sticking to the outlet     electrical vapour screen for  milk powder outlet       154 Accessories    19 4 Fully Automatic Heat Exchanger Cleaning    The fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning facilitates fully automatic  time controlled  cleaning with detergent  up to 2 times day  of all milk supplying parts of the automatic fee   der except for the suction hoses  In this way  milk deposits or similar impurities are remo   ved     The fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning consists of a circulation valve for the internal  cleaning cycle located behind the milk valve and of a detergent dosing pump  During the  cleaning cycle the water runs through the stainless steel coil
139. gh pressure cleaner  Use the high pressure  cleaner only with cold water and slowly raise pressure    If these measures do not show any improvement  check whether the milk pump is  running  Insufficient pump pressure may reduce the liquid amount  too     15 1 3 Shutdown    Before shutdown     Turn the thermostat for minimum operating temperature and the heating thermostat  entirely counter clockwise     Turn the main switch    ON OFF    to position    O    and pull the mains plug to switch the  automatic feeder off     After decommissioning     The automatic feeder has to be in a dry location     Keep the connections on the control unit closed by means of closing caps   If not  moisture may penetrate the control unit     Do not leave milk or rinsing water in the system    Rinsing residues may affect the metal parts after long storage  Therefore  thoroughly  rinse by means of clear water after the last cleaning process and drain off the remaining  water  For that  remove the front cover of the milk pump and wait until the fluid drains  off entirely     Let the water flow out of the heat exchanger  For that  remove the water hose located  between the solenoid water valve and the boiler of the heat exchanger and open the  deaeration screw of the circulation pump   if available   in order to make the water run  out     In case of frost risk     Let the water flow out of the solenoid valves and the pressure reducer     Service and Maintenance of the Concentrate Feeder 143    Commi
140. ght to move to the next screen  If you want to  reduce the water amount needed for compressed air cleaning   here you can enter the corresponding figure     air cleaning     gt     clean water  100     140 Service and Maintenance    15 Service and Maintenance    15 1 Service and Maintenance of the Automatic Feeder    e Always keep the automatic feeder clean and dry  Never spray it with water          Keep the electrode shaft and the clamps clean and dry  Moisture causes earthing of the  electrode preventing preparation of the next milk portion          If the automatic feeder operates in milk mode  be sure to clean it regularly by means of a  cleaning sponge  Carry out automatic heat exchanger cleaning approx  once or twice per    Service and Maintenance 141    week by adding a liquid cleansing agent utilized in dairy farming  also refer to chapter  14 5 1  page 134     Cleaning Settings  Heat Exchanger           Clean the milk storage tank thoroughly twice a day each time before filling it   Thoroughly clean the milk supply hose at regular intervals     e Carry out daily check of the powder outlet and  if necessary  remove incrustations   Incrustations impair dosing precision     A Because of injury risks  always remove incrustations of the powder outlet by means of a  small piece of wood or similar  Never use your fingers          Clean the mixer jar every 1   2 days     15 1 1 The Day after the First Commissioning    In case the automatic feeder is equipped with a circulat
141. group   Y    Press ENTER     wu Ww    SS    gne          Y Ww    gne       al    Consumption 12    13 6 Consumption    In switch menu    Consumption    the total requirement for each feed component  milk  MP   additives and concentrate  is calculated per day and appliance     Consumption    e Turn the program switch to 8   consumption  The first screen milk req  AU PCS  shows the calculated milk requirement for all animals in litres   consumed 10 01  as well as the quantity in litres already consumed today     po Go to the next screen  The display shows the calculated milk we req  5 8 kg 3  oi powder requirement for all animals in kilograms as well as consumed 0 0 kg  the already consumed quantity  in kg      The following screen is displayed only if powder or liquid additives are dispensed     Go to the next screen  In the first line the display shows the X1 today  279  gt   oi day requirement for additive of the currently active prescrip    consumed 5g  tion calculated according to animal s weight  In the second   line the display shows the already consumed quantity  in g      nu x    If an electrolyte prescription is active  the display will show EL  15g  gt   the already consumed quantity  consumed 5g  ps Move to the next screen  The display shows the calculated C1 req 12 5kg  gt   Ra requirement of concentrate 1 for all animals in kilograms as consumed 3 6kg       well as the already consumed quantity  in kg         E Go to the next screen  The display shows the calculat
142. h hoses    cleaning   start    Press Start Stop  In case you did not activate the detergent  dosing pump in Setup  the cleaning process starts running  immediately without detergent  If required  add some deter   gent manually     If you have activated the detergent dosing pump in Setup  af   clean HE  ter pressing Start Stop the display will show the following detergent 0g L  message     Enter the detergent amount and press ENTER to confirm the hoses  input  The display shows  ready   yes    In order to prepare the suction hoses for the cleaning process  proceed as follows       Remove the suction hoses from the teat   e Remove the milk hose from the automatic feeder     e If the milk hose has to be cleaned too  remove it from the milk tank  Before  close the  stopcock at the milk tank     e Put the suction hoses on the cleaning adaptor but do not connect them yet     p           Cleaning 13      If the milk hose has to be rinsed too  connect it to the quick coupling of the cleaning  adaptor     As soon as the suction hoses are ready for cleaning  press EN   hoses  TER to confirm    yes    in order to activate the cleaning Cycle  ready   yes   see annex      Pre cleaning starts running  In support of the cleaning pro   cess  push the button at the upper left of the chassis to activate  the feeding pump     The display shows  press feeding pump  prerinse   stop    The next water portion is dispensed as soon as the long electrode is free   After all milk rests have been remove
143. he  minimum milk drink  it will  be fed milk  If it still hasn t accumulated the  minimum milk drink  it gets another serve of  electrolytes  Either way it is then blocked from everything for another 2 hours  This  pattern continues throughout the day     Distribute the electrolyte  which calves get it     turn dial to 9  additives   Display reads  medicine   distribute    down arrow to  electrolyte   distribute   right arrow into this submenu  Display reads  animal specific distribution   the medicine can be distributed in 3 ways      to individual calves  animal specific     to a whole group  group distribution     to every new calf on the machine  automatic prophylaxis   Down arrow to the desired method of distribution   then right arrow into that submenu  amp  work through the fields that follow  filling in data as  required     C  Calibration  You have to make out a prescription for an additive  C1 1 or C2 1  before the keyboard will let you  calibrate it    Turn dial to 5  calibration   Display reads  calibration   water     Down arrow to  calibration   additive    Right arrow into this submenu  Display reads  calibration prescr 1    Down arrow to select the particular additive  X1 4 or EL  then right arrow into the   next screen     As an example  to calibrate an electrolyte  eg Lectade    Down arrow to  calibration EL   Right arrow to    EL set  10 09 measured      g   Hold a beaker beneath the additive outlet  amp  press  start stop    Catch  amp  weigh the dispensed
144. he beginning of the  curve  The animals cannot be made younger immediately after housing     If during concentrate feeding automatic weaning is active and the animal has exceeded the  initial value  the display will show in the first line e g     weang   5 days     weang    weaning  days  instead of e g    corr    O days     In this case the animal will be shifted to the right of  the feeding plan by 5 days     Ke    Entering Deviations  Addition Reduction  5    7 11 Entering Deviations  Addition Reduction     In this menu you can change the milk quantity  the concentration   the concentrate or the  additive amount for each individual animal       The submenus relating to the additives are displayed only if at least one animal gets an addi   tive     7 11 1 Deviations of Milk Portions    h Turn the program switch to 7   deviations   p E Select submenu    Feeding         deviation  gt   Y feeding  i  E Go to the next screen  The first line contains information on IDEE  6 0 L  Si the milk amount of today  In the second line you can raise or    or 0 days 40 0 L  reduce the milk quantity for a certain number of days  starting  from the feeding plan      Press ENTER  Enter the animal number  14C  dr   6 0 L  e I  for 0 days  0 0 L    Press ENTER to confirm the input  The following screen e g   14C  dr  transfer  ES is displayed  1 5 L delete no    WN                                sa  gt  Select    yes    to clear the carryover  Press ENTER to confirm  14c  dr  transfer  x gae the
145. he pre set detergent amount and press  ENTER to confirm the input  Automatic cleaning starts run   ning     If the level electrode is covered  the remaining portion in the mixer jar will be pumped out  via the mixer outlet valve before cleaning starts running     If you turn the program switch to another position while the mixer is running  the third por   tion will be distributed only after you turn the program switch back to position    Rinsing    or     Feeding Mode        134 Cleaning    Feeding Mode After the automatic cleaning has been completed  turn the program switch back to position 1  o   Feeding Mode   Oo  A Turn the program switch back to position    Feeding Mode    only if no detergent has been  utilized or after you have verified that the system does not contain any water with detergent     14 4 3 Compressed Air Cleaning    Compressed air facilitates suction hose cleaning up to the top of the teat without detergent   In order to ensure accurate cleaning  make sure that air pressure is between 2 and 3 bar   Please note  Air pressure over 3 bar may damage the diaphragm inside the milk solenoid  valves     In this menu you can activate compressed air cleaning manually at any time  provided that  the automatic feeder is equipped with a device for compressed air cleaning that has been  previously registered in Setup    Proceed as follows     Rinsing Turn the program switch to position 2   cleaning  The display  c1eaning  gt   fej shows  HE with sponge   E Press Arro
146. he program switch to 9   additives  The display shows     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to menu    Block  Remaining Portion with Additive      Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     Select the animal number     Enter    yes    to block the remaining portion with additive for  an animal that should not get any additive     Enter    no    if you don t want to block the remaining portion  with additive     10    GA    medicine 3  distribute     remain  port  wit  additive block     llA rem  port  with  additive block no    llA rem  port  with  additive block yes    If too many animals are blocked  it may happen that feeding mode will cut off over and    over     11 6 Additives Info    Additives       In menu    Additives Info    you can view all information about additive feeding  The display    only shows animals getting some additive     Turn program switch to 9   additives  The display shows     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to menu    Additives  Info      Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the desired animal   The first line shows the day quantity of additive and the se   cond line the additive amount already consumed     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  The first line  displays the day quantity of additive available yesterday and  the second line the additive amount actually consumed yester   day     If no additive is active for the selected animal  the following  message will be displayed
147. he quantity  consumed yesterday by the animal  compared with its average  of the last 3 days  in kilograms and as a percentage     Move to the next screen  The display shows information on  the dosing amount per portion     animal verific   gt    Cones    5B  avail  0 12  gt      0 30  consu 0 10kg    5B  avail  0 30  gt   consu  90    0 27kg    5B  Cl today  gt   cons  0 12kg 85  of dh    5B  Cl yesterday  gt   cons  0 13kg 93  of        5B  dosing amount  lg    Ke    Animal Verification 10    12 2 4 Animal Verification C2    This submenu displays the information about consumption  deviation from average con   sumption and dosing quantity for concentrate type 2  The screens for C2 correspond to those  for C1     12 2 5 Visits    This submenu contains information on the number of visits to the feeding station and to the    wu Ww    Ron          X    GH       X    Ron          M    GH       Pr    concentrate station     Select submenu    Visits        Go to the next screen  The second line indicates the number  of entitled visits  today and yesterday  to the feeding station     Move to the next screen  The second line shows the number  of non entitled visits  today and yesterday  to the feeding sta   tion     Go to the next screen  The second line indicates the number  of entitled visits  today and yesterday  to the concentrate sta   tion     Move to the next screen  The second line shows the number  of non entitled visits  today and yesterday  to the concentrate  station     
148. he trans   mitter list can be printed either manually  or automatically after midnight calcula   tion     The printer has to be equipped with a    serial interface port RS 232    with the following configuration     1200 baud rate   8 data bit   1 stopbit   without parity   standard ASCII character table  and standard IBM character table    The configuration can be set by DIP switches or by software  For further information consult  the instruction manual for the printer        O    Annex    Functional Steps   Cleaning  Heat Exchanger   see chapter 14 2     Heat exchanger cleaning consists of pre cleaning  main cleaning and rinsing and has to be  carried out every day  During heat exchanger cleaning  all milk supplying parts of the auto   matic feeder  except for the suction hoses  are thoroughly cleaned to prevent creation of  milk deposits or other impurities     The heat exchanger can also be cleaned automatically  see Menu    Cleaning  Settings      If  the automatic heat exchanger cleaning is active  automatic mixer cleaning becomes no lon   ger necessary  as the mixer jar will be cleaned  too     Rinsing Turn the program switch to 2   Rinsing  cleaning ES  ei HE with sponge    a ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow DOwn to select submenu    Clea  cleaning  gt   Y ning  Heat Exchanger     heat exchanger    Ka Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  heat exchanger  gt    Si cleaning   start    Press Start Stop  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a clean HE  Sep detergen
149. hort  64    ENTER key  29    entitlement intervals  79  concentrate  80    equipotential bonding  19    error messages  backups  147  check calibration values  145  data destroyed  145  error of supply electrode  146  feeding mode is interrupted  145  heat exchanger is not active  145  milk check  147  milk shortage  146  power failures  147  water check  147  water shortage  147    ESCAPE key  29  expiry date  118    extra milk portion  release  67    E    fault current circuit breaker  19  feed delay  delete  69   feeding behaviour  107   feeding intervals  79   feeding mode  displays  105  feeding plans  72   filling the milk powder hopper  33  fly screen  19  156   frost protection  19   frost risk  142   function table  29    functioning  calf feeder  63  concentrate feeder  63    H    heat exchanger  boiler volume  17  coil volume  17  separate heating circuits  15    heat exchanger cleaning  128  with sponge  127  with suction hoses  130    heating  adjusting the thermostats  48  avoiding measuring errors  49  for milk powder outlet and protection against frost   50  measuring the temperature  49    159    setting the heating  48  setting the temperature  49    housing date  55    icons  graphic  8  info additives  103  input  date time  34  input routine  29    installation  automatic feeder  31  filling the boiler of the HE with water  31  filling the milk powder into the powder hopper  32    interface test  carry out in Setup  40    intervals  concentrate  80  feedi
150. ibration  7 5 4   This should be done separately for each pellet feeder   Turn dial to 5  calibration   Display reads  calibration   water    Down arrow to  calibration concentrate   Right arrow into this submenu  Display reads  calibration concentrate silo 1   Right arrow to the next screen  Display reads  silo 1 dosing quantity  Og   Press the button low on the left hand side of the transceiver box for pellet feeder 1   Collect  amp  weigh the pellets dispensed into the feed bowl   Enter this weight into the stand alone display  by pressing  enter  to open the display  enter  the weight   amp  confirm with  enter      D  Feedplans for pellet feeders  These should be discussed with the farmer     Feedplans for pellet feeders require data entry in 1 or 2 keyboard fields     1  the pellet plan  9 3   2 the milk weaning plan   optional  9 1 2     The data used in the steps below are for the Westfalia Australia advanced feedplan   Data in shaded fields is for information only   it is not entered into the keyboard     D1  The pellet plan   concentrate plan  9 3   Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 40 then  enter      Display reads  40   Ci plan group A     Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter     Right arrow takes you into the  pellet period  fields for that group    Press  enter  to open the displayed data fields  then work through the display entering  data period by period as per the following table      period length tally daily pellet allowance  1 
151. iler  amp  the coil of the heat exchanger with water  6 2 p31   a  press  amp  hold the  water  key on the keyboard until bubble free water flows into the  mixer jar  The boiler is now full   b  press  amp  hold  water   amp   pump  keys simultaneously until bubble free water flows into the  mixer jar  The coil of the HX is now full   4  connect the large black plug ends for the circulation fan  5  prime the circulation fan  s6 4     loosen the de aeration screw until some water flows out  then re tighten screw   6  turn the thermostats back on  7 6 1  amp  7 6 2   p51 52     turn each dial until the coloured dot is joined  green   lower temp  red   upper temp   7  fill the hopper with milk powder  6 5 p32     keep the MP bag to refer to recommended mixing rates  8  fill the milk storage tank with milk  6 6 p33     either keep it chilled  or add some 1075 formalin  B  Keyboard setup  There are 2 basic settings to check   reset before proceeding further     1  check date  amp  time  then  2  reset all data  1  check date  amp  time  7 1 p34     turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 1 then  enter    Display shows date  month  day  year format   amp  time   If incorrect  press  enter  to unlock the display  then correct as necessary  then press   enter  again to confirm the change   2  reset all data for a new installation  7 2 p34       turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 99 then  enter     Display asks  all new    Press  yes  then  enter    Display asks  instruction manual read    P
152. ill be added to the first 4 milk  portions prepared in the morning      distribution 2 times day  the medicine amount is splitted up  half of the medicine  amount is added to the first milk portions prepared in the morning  the remaining  quantity is added to the first milk portions prepared in the afternoon  in accordance  with the minimum save up quantity   First half of the day  O   12 a m   second half  of the day  12 a m    12 p m      distribution to all portions  the medicine is added to each milk portion     Enter    yes    to select the desired distribution  Press ENTER to  confirm the input     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  period 1 0 days  fr  0 to Og      eret    h        h     ene    Sp       y IZ    aot    Additives 97    The prescription plans can be splitted up into 5 periods like the feeding  and the concentra   tion plans  P1   P5   This ensures e g  that the additive amount is distributed and raised  over a long period of time or reduced at the end of treatment     Press ENTER  Enter the duration of period 1 in days  period 1 3 days  Example  we  Ot OG   gt   Press ENTER to confirm the input  period 1 3 days    we    eo Og    Enter the initial and the end quantity of period 1 in grams and  period 1 3 days  press ENTER to confirm each  Example  fr  10 to 20g  gt     The portion size of the additive amount has to be between 2 g L and 20 g L  If the additive  is distributed to all portions per day  you have to consider the largest and the small
153. imal data  amp  info    Down arrow to  animal data  amp  input   transmitter input  submenu   Right arrow to enter this submenu     a  Display reads    animal no  xxx   transm no  xxxxxxxx   Scroll up or down to the first  unused   available  animal number   Press  enter  to open the display  then enter the desired calf number  no  on visible eartag      b  then for the    transm no  field   first check that the cursor is not flashing beside the     transm no  display  If it is flashing  press  enter  to make it disappear   Then hold the calf s NLIS responder eartag in front of a drink station antenna  amp  press the   start stop  key   or hold the calf in drinking box so that it s eartagged ear is beside the  antenna    The display thinks for a while as it reads the NLIS eartag  then bleeps 4 displays the   internal  responder number  Press enter to confirm this number     c  Then press right arrow  Display reads  antenna test start    Press right arrow again  Display reads  squelch antenna feeding 180    Change the squelch figure to O  then confirm with  enter     this squelch step needs to be done only once at each drink station antenna      2  Allocate the calf to a group   registering    7 9 p57   To be fed by the machine  a calf must be allocated to a group  If you enter the calf identity    numbers  above  but don t allocate the calf to a group  it will not be fed     There are 3 ways to allocate calves to groups    a  automatically 7 9 3   p56  b individually 7 9 1   
154. imal has not claimed this amount until then     D    gAlams Turn the program switch to 3   alarms  messages   dr  2 A      C 0 exp 0  Pi p Select submenu    Warning Animals     warning animals     gt   Y feeding  2  E Move to the next screen  1A  fr  9 30 2 0L  gt   Re  1 6 0  cons  0 0L  Warning today In case of warning today  in the first line the display shows iR    r  9 30 2 0L  gt     the time of release and the saved quantity in liters  The second  1 6 0  cons  0 0L  line shows the number of the feeding station where the animal   has been identified  when no number is displayed but a dot   instead  the animal has not been identified at none of the fee    ding stations  as well as the day quantity of milk and the ac    tual consumption in liters     Feed delay If a warning animal is temporarily in feed delay after having 1A  block 110min  gt   consumed the maximum available quantity  the display will 1 6 0  cons  1 5 L  show the time left until the end of delay     Warning In case of warning yesterday the upper line shows yesterday s  2B  yest  6 0 E  yesterday milk amount  The lower line shows the number of the feeding  2 consu  50    3 0L    Alarms 115    station where the animal has been identified followed by the  actual consumption in   and in liters  This animal appears  e g  in Warning Yesterday because yesterday it consumed only  5046 of its day ration     13 2 2 Break    A break occurs either when an animal leaves the feeding station before having emptied the  m
155. ime    See chapter 14 5 4  page 137     Cleaning  Cleaning Settings  Remaining Portion     If the water portion is taken from the heat exchanger  the water will be evacuated via the  mixer draining valve  Only then  a milk portion will be dispensed     If the automatic feeder operates in the water mode or the heat exchanger is filled with a wa   ter portion  milk expelling will not take place     Standard value for milk expelling  after 1 5 hours    Milk Functions 93    10 5 Selecting the Milk Ratio for Change Over to Single Heating Circuit    nd    This menu is displayed only if you select the heat exchanger with separate heating circuits  with circulation pump in Setup     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Select the milk 34 milk ratio    30   ratio  30     90   or 10     90   provided that the automa   one heat  circ  yes  tic feeder is equipped with a circulation pump      Press ENTER     If all animals fall below the set threshold value for milk ratio  the automatic feeder will au   tomatically commute to the    one circuit    mode at daily midnight calculation  Both milk and  water are taken from the stainless steel coil in the heat exchanger  refer to chapter 8 1 ff  64  ff      Functioning of the Automatic Feeder        Preparing the Milk Portions         Standard value for the milk ratio in case of change over mode  30       94    Milk Functions    10 6 Entering the Milk Ratio Plan    Pr    SR    wu Ww       p    wu Ww    ig       h     ES          h     ES
156. ime by up to 16 seconds   How long and whether mixer run time should be extended depends on milk powder s solu   bility     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Mixer run mixer run time   time      0 s   Enter mixer run time  potential input  0 to 16 seconds   mixer run time   6 s    7 3 8 Heat Exchanger    pp  pp    pp    If the automatic feeder is not equipped with a device for fully automatic heat exchanger  cleaning  in this menu you can deactivate this function as described below  The functioning  of automatic cleaning is described in chapter 14 2  page 128     Rinsing  Heat Exchanger        Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Heat Ex  5  setup  gt   changer     heat exchanger  Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5 heat exchan  with    autom  clean    yes    Enter    no    ifthe automatic feeder is not equipped with a de  5 heat exchan  with  vice for fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning  Press EN  suem Gleam  9 me  TER to confirm the input     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5  sep heat circ    with pump   yes    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the heat exchanger  with separate heating circuits with or without pump     Enter    no    if the automatic feeder is not equipped with a heat  54 sep heat circ      exchanger with circulation pump  Press ENTER to confirm without pump   yes  the input     7 3 9 Deactivating the Detergent Pump    pp    If the automatic feeder is not equipped with a detergent dosing pump  you h
157. ims its milk portion     When the liquid jet hits the supply electrode  short electrode  in the mixer jar  a pre set milk  powder portion falls from the powder hopper into the mixer jar where it is mixed with the  liquid  The mixer is connected by a suction hose via a box valve to the feeding station  The  milk flows through the suction hose to the teat in the feeding station     If the milk ratio for all animals falls below the set threshold value  the automatic feeder will  commute automatically to    single heating circuit    at midnight calculation  Milk and water  are taken from the stainless steel coil  In this way  the milk does not stay too long inside the  coil  See chapter 10 ff  page 91 ff      Milk Functions        Selecting the Milk Ratio for Change   Over to Single Heating Circuit      Distributing the Milk 65    8 2 Distributing the Milk    8 2 1    8 2 2    As soon as the level electrode is free  long electrode   the machine starts preparing the next  portion     In the Restricted Mode    The electrode is free     If an entitled animal enters the feeding station and is identified  the automatic feeder prepa   res a milk portion as soon as the mixer jar is empty  The milk in the mixer jar grounds the  level electrode  long electrode   As soon as the animal has drunk up the milk and the elec   trode is free again  the machine starts preparing the next portion in case the calf has still  drinking right     The electrode is covered     If an entitled animal enters
158. indicate that one or more animals are already   being treated  Check these animals  Change the medicine in   the additive dispenser if you want to activate another pre     scription      Move to the next screen in order to change the additive  change additives  cu X2   no  5 Enter    yes    to change the prescription  Press ENTER to con   xl ES firm the input   The prescription being fed to an animal or to a group is mar   prescr  1   gt   ked by an asterisk    select  If a group or an animal are already being treated with medi  in group A     gt   cine  the display shows  is already applied  A Note  the animals being already treated at that time are shifted to the beginning of the pre   scription   If an animal has not been registered yet in none ofthe groups   in group D   gt   the display will show  no anim  registered  If no animal is treated anymore  the display will show  no further EN    animals with X1    For    Medicine Distribution to Groups     proceed as with    Animal Specific Medicine Dis   tribution        Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to move to menu    Automa  automatic  gt   Y tic Prophylaxis     Here you can activate the automatic prophy  prophylaxis   laxis   Ba Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  prescr  1     aa select    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the desired pre   po EZ scription  1 4      Ba Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Rl beginning  SCH    when registr  no    ES p Enter    yes    to start distribution of the prescr
159. inst lightning stroke separately   it is to the owner to install an adequate lightning protection  such as e g  a lightning protec   tion system for the entire building  We recommend to conclude a lightning protection insu   rance     3 2 Locating the Automatic Feeder    The automatic feeder has to be placed in a dry location  if possible not in the animal area   e g  in the fodder storage or similar detached room      Mount a fence of planks to protect the automatic feeder against dirt and flies  In summer   when flies occur with increased frequency  you can use a large fly screen  accessory  to  protect the mixer jar  Steam can easily escape through the openings of the fly screen gra   ting     Make sure that the water supply of the automatic feeder is reliably constant     Frost does not cause any damages to the automatic feeder  In order to ensure a good  functioning of the feeding process even in case of frost  you have to equip the automatic  feeder with a protection against frost  accessory   The owner is responsible for a reliable  water supply     The feed pipes can be easily guided through a wall     20 Mounting the Feeding Station    3 3 Mounting the Feeding Station  e Install the feeding station max  70 cm above the calf house ground   Mount the teat approx  15 cm above the suction hose connection to the mixer       Fixthe suction hose in such a way  that the mixer jar can be easily tipped in forward  direction  The suction hoses should not exceed 2 meters length 
160. ion pump  carry out the following  functional check     e Deaerate the circulation pump     Check whether the circulation pump is running or not     The circulation pump switches off automatically 15 minutes after the last portion has been  dispensed       General function check     Check the calibration values     Measure the milk temperature     Check the control of the external components by means of the manual keys     Make sure that the animals are reliably identified     Check the operational data  feeding plans  concentration plans  maximum Visit   warning levels      Check the input in Prescriptions  Check the activation of additive dispense     Check the input of weight and daily weight gain     142    Service and Maintenance    15 1 2 Carrying Out a Regular Check Routine    Measure the milk temperature by means of a precision thermometer   Check the calibration of milk powder at least after each new delivery     Check the calibration of the components    Deviations of the amount of milk and water      incase of deviations with rising tendency  more than 500 ml are dispensed   carry out  a new calibration      incase of deviations with falling tendency  clearly less than 500 ml are dispensed   due to milk deposits in the heat exchanger  repeat the circulating cleaning process  If  necessary  use another cleansing agent but do not overdose it    Carry out cleaning by means of a cleaning sponge or a hose cleaning pistol  If the  cleaning sponge gets stuck  connect a hi
161. iption at housing   R1 beginning  al ES Press ENTER to confirm the input  when registr  yes    If another prescription is already being distributed  the follo   treatment with  wing message will be displayed  zJ see additives    A In case medicine distribution  as a prophylaxis  to an individual animal or to a group should  be completed later on  you have to set distribution back to    no     Whereas if in menu    Make  Out Prescription    you reduce the duration of an ongoing treatment  the treatment of an an            Additives 10    imal will be interrupted automatically as soon as its duration has lapsed  In switch menu     Alarms    you can view as an expire message that the plan relating to additive distribution  has lapsed     If the treatment has been completed according to the entered prescription  an expire mes   sage for the corresponding animal or group will be displayed in switch menu    Alarms        If you try to select a prescription that has not been made out X1  yet  the display will show  not yet made out    In this Menu you cannot make out a prescription  The display  input only in  shows  menu  make out     11 4 Distributing the Electrolyte    Additives    pp  P  pp    pp    pp    After you have made out the prescription for electrolyte distribution  you have to activate  and assign it to individual animals or to a group  The additive amount can be dispensed au   tomatically to all animals as a prophylaxis according to the prescription  Once this prophy 
162. is available now   but the animal has not been registered yet  If only the Respon    der number is displayed  it could not be allocated to none of   the animal numbers     If you activate automatic registration  each animal number will be registered automatically     N    Alarms 11    13 3 Concentrate Alarms    Warning today    Warning  yesterday    3 day warning  p  ml    2 Alarms    yy  p    Warning today    Warning  yesterday    3 day warning    Warning today is determined by the warning level and is displayed as of a certain time for  those animals that have not consumed enough concentrate  Warning today disappears auto   matically as soon as the animal has consumed the total feed quantity    You can delete warning today only temporarily  It reappears in switch position    Feeding  Mode  as the reason for the alarm message is still existing     Warning yesterday is determined for each individual animal  It compares the feed quantity  consumed during 1 day with the 3 day average    Warning yesterday is determined during daily calculation  It is displayed for those animals  having reached the warning level    If the average consumption of the last 3 days compared with the set value of the concentrate  plan is below the warning level  the corresponding animal will appear in 3 day warning     Press    O C    to delete the 3 day warning     If an animal appears in warning yesterday  the 3 day warning will not be displayed     Turn the program switch to 3   alarms  messages   d
163. isp   played on the screen will disappear as soon as an entitled animal enters the feeding station   The animal will then get the liquid in the mixer jar  The bleep accompanying an alarm mes   sage stops sounding as soon as you clear the alarm message in menu    Alarms     program  switch position 3      If the long electrode is covered  automatic mixer cleaning will be deferred for 1 hour at  most so that an animal has the opportunity to drink up the liquid in the mixer jar  If the an   imal does not drink up the liquid within this time  the electrode is still covered   the liquid  will be drained off via the mixer outlet valve and the cleaning cycle starts running     14 4 2 Calling Up Automatic Mixer Cleaning Manually    Rinsing    re     pP    wu Ww    EN             You can activate automatic mixer cleaning manually at any time in menu    Cleaning        Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning ES  HE with sponge     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu    Mixer      cleaning  gt   mixer      Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  mixer  cleaning   start    Press Start Stop     If you do not activate the detergent dosing pump in Setup   during the automatic cleaning cycle the detergent will not be  added automatically to the water  If necessary  manually add  some detergent to the water     If you have activated the detergent dosing pump in Setup  cleaning mixer  press Start Stop to move to the next screen  detergent 0 g L    Change or maintain t
164. itch to 10   keyboard    o   e    5 Enter 10 and press ENTER to confirm the inputs  10  feeding plan         EN group A    gt        WN    ps Go to the first screen and press ENTER  The cursor starts 10  A per 1 3 days      Mw flashing  fr  6 0 to 6 0 L  gt        i Enter the duration of the feeding period  Press ENTER to 10  A per 1 6 days  Ma AS confirm the input  fi E DUELO NR SR    Start Up 31    6 Start Up    6 1 Connecting the Mains Plug    Warning  Before switching on the heating  fill up the heat exchanger  otherwise the boiler  will be damaged  There will be no guarantee for a reliable functioning of the automatic  feeder       Open the door on the right hand side of the automatic feeder       Turn back both thermostats to zero and turn the main switch    ON OFF    to position    O     in order to switch the automatic feeder off                      Connect the mains plug and switch the automatic feeder on by turning the main switch to  position    I       ON        Once you switched the automatic feeder on  the display briefly shows the program version     6 2 Filling the Boiler of the Heat Exchanger with Water    The automatic feeder in the Combi version has two water valves  the one leading to  the boiler of the heat exchanger  the other one leading to the stainless steel coil  Press the  manual key    Water    in order to open the water valve to the boiler of the heat exchanger     Take care that the boiler and the stainless steel coil are filled with water      
165. ith connecting piece  042 7121 0071 477   berwurfmutter 3 4  L 14mm ID 21 7mm sw30  swivel nut 3 4   lgth 14mm sw30  045 7721 0041 060 R  ckschlagventil R  ckflussverhinderer D 15mm m  Feder 0 4bar  nonretum valve D 15mm  048 7721 0097 477 Kugelhahn 1 4  IG IG  ball cock 1 4  internal thread internal thread  051 7721 0040 549 Steckverschraubung 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm  plug type bolting 1 4  AG  ID 7 5 10 L 30mm  054 7721 0099 259 Umsp  ladapter 2 fach kompl  f  r 1 2  SchlauchkupplungTA3 TA5  adapter for rinsing double compl for 1 2  hose coupling TA3  057 7721 0098 056 Schlauchkupplung 1 2  Einhandkupplung 1 2   hose pipe coupling 1 2   072 7721 0040 374 Pumpe  VA 230V 50Hz 250W mit BR Pumpenrad o Pumpenbl  kompl   pump StSt 230V 50Hz 250W w BR pump wheel w o pump pl  compl   075 7721 0040 414 Pumpe  VA 230V 60Hz 250W mit BR Pumpenrad o Pumpenbl  kompl   pump StSt 230V 60Hz 250W w BR pump wheel w o pump pl  compl   078 7721 0010 211 Wellendichtung f  r Milchpumpe mit Keil und Seegerring  shaft seal for milk pump  081 7721 0090 305 Reparatursatz f  r V A Pumpe 230V 50Hz  repair set for pump VA 230V 50Hz  084 7721 0040 030 Reparatursatz f  r V A Pumpe 230V 60Hz  repair set for StSt pump 230V 60Hz  087 7721 0098 292 Pumpendeckel VA  pump cover VA  099 7721 0096 342 R  ckschlagventil f  r Milchpumpe  Bronzeausf  mit Dichtungen  non return valve for milk pump   bronze with seals  108 7721 0060 160 Dichtung 18 5x12 0x2mm hart Vulkanfiber rot  washer 18 12 2mm graphitized  120 7
166. ity to which the animal is entitled    according to feeding plan A     Altering the Operational Data    9 2 Concentration Plans          u yu HU    You can enter one concentration plan splitted up into 5 periods  P1 P5  for each of the four  groups  A  B  C  D   See the annex of this instruction manual   The periods of the concentra   tion plans are not bound to the periods of the feeding plans  If e g  the concentration is the  same for all feeding periods  you only need to enter one period with the corresponding dura   tion     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 11 and press ENTER to confirm the input  114 concentr  plan  group A   gt    Select the group  11  concentr  plan  group A   gt   Go to the next screen and press ENTER  114 A per 1 77 days  fr  120 to 120g L  gt   Enter duration of the first period  Press ENTER to confirm 11  A per 1 12 days  the input  fr  120 to 120g L  gt     Enter the initial and final concentration  Press ENTER to con   114  A per 1 12 days  firm the input  fr  80 to 110g L  gt     For the periods 2   5  proceed as for period 1  The start value of a period equals the end va   lue of the preceding period and is taken over from it     If the entered concentration value is below the content of solid matter in the milk  milk va   lue  generally 120 g L   water will be added to the milk  If the entered concentration value  exceeds the milk value  milk powder will be added to the milk     After the 5th period  the display shows durati
167. ixer jar or when an animal does not drink up its portion within 2 minutes  Breaks indicate  whether an animal has consumed its day ration or not     We distinguish between breaks with additive and breaks without additive in order to find out  whether the animals have not drunk up their milk portion because of the additive     When a break occurs  the remaining quantity in the mixer jar will be released 5 minutes af   ter the portion has been prepared  i e  each animal can drink up the milk     The lower line shows the number of warnings today and ye  1A  breaks no add   sterday  The displayed animal appears as a warning animal today 1 yest  2  because yesterday 2 breaks and today 1 break without addi    tive occurred     13 2 3 Drinking Speed    If animals do no longer drink the available milk  their general state of health has already  deteriorated considerably     A decreasing drinking speed may indicate that the general state of health of the animal is  deteriorating  If the drinking speed of many or all animals deteriorates  the following may  be the reason for it  the suction hose is clogged  the milk is getting sour  the milk tempera   ture has changed  a new teat is being utilized  etc     The drinking speed is measured for each individual animal  The current drinking speed is  compared with the average value of the last 3 days  The 3 day average is 100    As it takes  3 days to ascertain the 3 day average  no warning message relating to drinking speed will  be display
168. l be  dispensed from the stainless steel coil     After all detergent rests have been removed  press Start Stop  emptying mixer  to complete the rinsing process  The display shows     132    Feeding Mode    Q    14 4 Mixer    Cleaning    The rinsing process is completed as soon as the mixer jar is empty  The display jumps back  to the initial menu    HE with Hoses  Clean  Start        Turn the program switch to   Feeding Mode  again     Turn the program switch back to position    Feeding Mode    only if no detergent has been  utilized or after you have verified that the system does not contain any water with detergent  anymore     You may abandon mixer cleaning  as the mixer jar is rinsed during automatic heat exchan   ger cleaning  too     14 4 1 Automatic Mixer Cleaning  Time Controlled     The mixer can be cleaned automatically up to nine times day with detergent   on the condi   tion that the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing pump that has been pre   viously activated in Setup  see Menu    Cleaning  Settings      If automatic heat exchanger  cleaning is active  3 hours before and 3 hours after heat exchanger cleaning  the mixer will  not be cleaned regardless of the entered number of cleaning processes     Make sure that there is a water discharge next to the automatic feeder  If not  put the outlet  hose of the mixer into a bucket     Empty the bucket regularly  Make sure that the outlet hose of the mixer does not hang in the  rinsing water     Functio
169. l is fed according to the concentrate plan     The animal is fed according to the medicine prescription plan     The animal is fed according to the electrolyte plan     11    co    12C  feeding      deviation exp     12C  concentration      deviation exp     14A  Cl      deviation exp     17B  C2      deviation exp     13A  X1      deviation exp     13A  EL      deviation exp     120 Animal Data and Info    13 5 Animal Data and Info    In switch menu    Animal Data  amp  Info    you can enter the Responder number and register   cancel and relocate the animals  In addition  you can enter and check the most important  animal data  like e g  weight gain  housing date as well as the days until the end of the fee   ding plan     The switch menu    Animal Data  amp  Info    contains the following submenus     Weight  Days Fed     Ration Day Animal     Cancel Registration     Register     Register Groups     Automatic Registration     Change Registration     Transmitter Input    13 5 1 Weight  Days Fed    This menu contains all data concerning weight and daily weight gain  as well as information  on feeding days  housing date  correction days and days until the end of the plan        Turn the program switch to 6   animal data and Info   Animal Data   amp  Info  BA BE Select submenu    Weight  Days Fed     animal data   Info  gt   Y weight  days fed    Go to the next screen  Here you can check and  if necessary  12A  weight 50 kg 3  alter the animal weight and the current daily weigh
170. leaned to prevent creation of milk de   posits or other impurities      lt   The heat exchanger can also be cleaned automatically  see Menu   Cleaning  Settings      If  automatic heat exchanger cleaning is active  automatic mixer cleaning becomes no longer  necessary  as the mixer jar is cleaned too       You will find a detailed description of the individual functional steps in chapter    Function  Steps  Cleaning the Heat Exchanger     annex of this instruction manual      Rinsing Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning  gt   e HE with sponge   Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu    Clea  cleaning ES  Y ning  Heat Exchanger   heat exchanger   A Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  heat exchanger 2  Rig cleaning   start           o    Cleaning 12    Press Start Stop  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a clean HE  detergent dosing pump that has previously been selected in detergent 0 g L  Setup  the display will show     Enter the detergent amount and press ENTER to confirm the  c1ean HE  input  see annex   detergent 10 g L    The pre cleaning process starts running  see annex      During pre cleaning the display shows  pre rinse HE    After pre cleaning  the main cleaning process is activated clean HE   see annex   If you select the detergent dosing pump in Setup   detergent will automatically be added to the water  The water  starts circulating     Time starts running backwards from 10 to 0 minutes  You can clean HE   cut off the cleaning
171. ls for automatic feeder  7721 0099 592 Schwammgummikugel   5 er Pack  11mm Durchm   sponge pellet  11mm  packet of 5   7721 0070 522 Schwammgummikugel   5 er Pack  12mm Durchm   sponge pellet  12mm  packet of 5   7721 0080 001 Schlaucht  lle f  r Sauger T  llendurchmesser 5mm  hose pipe nozzle  5mm  for teat  7721 0040 049 Schlauch 7 0x1 8mm TPE glasklar  hose pipe 7 0x1 8mm TPE  7721 0097 383 Schlauchreinigungspistole kompl   hose pipe cleaning pistol  7163 9923 110 Fliegenschutzpaket SA2Plus SM2Plus SA2000  fly protection set SA2000    
172. ly tests automatically whether communication to   please wait        gt   the animal scales has been established or not     The display shows  25  test box  2   connection start  gt     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the box to which  communication has to be tested     Press Start Stop to start the connection test     If there is no connection to the animal scales  the display will anim scales 1 amp 2  show the following error message  connection error   If the connection is o k   the display will show the following anim scales 1 amp 2    message  connection ok     After 11 connection errors to the animal scales  an alarm will be triggered and the animal  scales will be deactivated     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  25 HS1 at box 2  gt     tare start    Press Start Stop to tare the scales        Animal Scales    uu    ag           E       After tare has been carried out the display shows     25 HS1 at box 2  gt   tare finished    The scales will be tared automatically every 15 minutes if no animal is identified or less    than 10 kg weight are on the scales     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Put a weight on the scales  50 kg e g   two sacks of milk  powder  and start the weighing process     The display indicates the ascertained weight of the two milk  powder sacks  You cannot change this figure manually     25 HS1 at box 2  gt   scales start       HS1 at box 2  W at HS   55 5 kg    Accessories 151    19 Accessories    19 1    Double B
173. machine  turn dial to 1  feeding    amp  slip a bar behind the    calf to keep it in a drink station  When it s NLIS eartag is read by the antenna the machine will  prepare a drink     To help the calf learn to drink from the teat  press the manual  assistance button   This sends the  prepared milk along the tubing to the teat  amp  squirts a bit out at the calf  Assist the calf as  necessary to get the hang of things     The first few attempts can be messy  amp  it is common to spill some of the calf s milk  If you want to  give the calf more than its calculated entitlement you can give an  extra portion   This will not  count toward its total daily entitlement  To give an extra portion  see 7 11 1  the mixer jar must be  empty  so if necessary tilt the mixer jar forward to completely empty it   Then with a bar behind the calf to keep it in the drinking box    Leave dial on 1  feeding     Press the left arrow  Display reads  extra portion 0 5L 120g L start     Press  start   stop     When the 500ml serving has been prepared the display will say  extra portion box       Enter the drinking box number  1 or 2  that the calf is in    You can then use the manual assistance button to deliver this milk to the teat     Check the machine s drink warnings every day if there are new   young calves on the system to  make sure they are drinking  Most calves learn to drink within 2 days  but a few slow learners may  take up to 5 days to get the hang of it     K  Clearing a calf from the k
174. n calves   box    concentrate  V  gt   siloA v available  gt   silo1 4  v C1 2  gt   dosingcode  gt    Squelch antenna  setbaudrate  V  gt    baud rate 19200   v  printing   v  gt    auto print 2   printing channel   v  animal scales  v     animal scales box 1 2 available yes no  gt   weight factor  gt    tare value  interface testa v  gt    test channel 1 5  5 Setup boxes   V  gt    box 1 2 available yes no  gt   duration draining time box 1 2  distribution pause   v  gt    distribution pause in seconds  heat exchanger   v  gt    heat exchanger with automatic cleaning     separate heating circuits   v     with   without  circulation pump  detergent pump   v  gt    available yes   no  air cleaninga v  gt    available yes   no  institute   V  gt    available yes   no  Milk Feeding  10 Feeding Plan group   v  gt    period 1   5  gt    duration of the plan  gt    plan requirement  11 Concentration Plan group   V  gt    period 1   5  gt    duration concentration plan   feeding plan   target consumption   gt   15 Quantity Limits limits  groupa v  gt  Period 1 5  gt    duration quantity limits plan   feeding plan  i minimum maximum  carry over A V  gt    group A V yes no  16 Entitlement Intervals group   V  gt    first   last interval 3   number of entitlement intervals  Verification Functions  20 Alarm Levels feed   V  gt    groupa v  gt  cons   dr  speed   gt  break no addit   gt    break with additives  concentrateA V  gt   group  v  gt    Warning suppress   gt    warning today 
175. n of calves with an unbroken series of visible eartag numbers  eg  183 197  that all need to be allocated to a single group  eg 183 to 197   register to B    Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp info     Down arrow to  register groups  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu    Press  enter  to open the displayed data   amp  work through the display    You will be asked to allocate a run of calves to a particular group   eg  183 to 197   register to A     If another run of calves needs to be allocated to another group  repeat the process     3  Enter correction days  7 10   p61     The last part of entering a calf onto the machine is to  correct for age    When a calf is allocated to a group  the machine puts it on day 1 of its feedplan unless told  otherwise   Calves that are 3 5 days old at entry don t need correcting  but calves much older than this should  be  moved along the feedplan   This should be done individually for each  older  calf    Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp info     Right arrow to   calf no  corr    O days    Select the calf number to be  corrected   amp  press  enter     Enter the number of correction days  amp  confirm with  enter            ALWAYS  When you have finished entering calf data  amp  are about to walk away  check that you have turned  the keyboard dial back to 1  feeding   If the dial is not on 1  feeding   the calves will not be fed         J  Teaching calves to drink from the calf feeder teat   After you have entered the calf onto the 
176. ne out       Make sure that the circulation pump is running  if available      Press Arrow Right to extract 0 5 liters of water  water targ   500ml  measured  oc oiii    Hold a measuring vessel under the discharge  Press Start Stop   Measure the water temperature in the mixer jar by means of a precision thermometer     The next portion will be dispensed as soon as heat transfer time has lapsed  approx  30 se   conds   Carry out careful measurement and then alter the temperature  if necessary  in order  to reach the desired temperature  If you want to carry out further measurements  you have to  wait until the orange pilot lamp for the heating has gone out     50    Setting the Heating    7 7 Heating for Milk Powder Outlet and Protection against Frost    AG    Before opening the power unit you have to make the automatic feeder currentless  in order  to avoid electric shocks  To this end  turn the main switch to position   0      OFF  or pull the  mains plug     Inside the power unit is located a distribution board with integrated switches  See chapter  1 6 2 2  page 14     Distribution Board     The left switch is used to switch on and off the hea   ting for the milk powder outlet  The right switch is used to switch the heating cable on and  off     In summer it is imperative to set both switches to   0       OFF       The heating for the milk powder outlet prevents creation of condensate on the milk powder  outlet     The heating cable with temperature control is available as
177. ng  79    keyboard menu  25  keyboard  25    keys  double function keys  26  horizontal arrow keys  27  manual keys  28  toggle keys  27  vertical arrow keys  27    L    lightning protection  19    list printing  verification list  144  warning list  144    location  concentrate feeder  24    long electrode  65  covered  68  free  67    machine alarms  111  calibrating the silo  112  connection error animal scales or concentrate feeder   111  idling of the shaft  112  mixer outlet   113    160    remaining detergent  113  the shaft is blocked  112    machine data  34  88   machine type  machine number  10  mains plug  connecting  31  maintenance  140  143   manual feeding pump  16   manual keys  28   maximum quantity  64  81  82  maximum quantity plan  83  micro identification  Calfscan  21  milk connection  23   milk distribution  65    milk functions  91  activating milk expelling  92  commuting to milk powder  91  entering the milk ratio plan  94  entering the milk value  91  selecting the milk mode  91  selecting the milk ratio for change over to single  heating circuits  93    milk pipe  23   milk portion  preparation  64   milk powder  fill in  32   milk ratio plan  94   milk shortage  146   milk value  94   milk expelling  92   minimum saved quantity  63  81  82  minimum saved quantity plan  83    mixer cleaning  132  automatic  manually  133  automatic  time controlled  132    mode  ad libitum  89  restricted  89    motherboard  12    mounting  automatic feeder  19  r
178. ng  and control unit TAK VDW SA2 Plus as of 26 01   7721 0041 766 Bedien  und Steuerungsteil TAP SA2 Plus ab 26 01  operating  and control unit TAP SA2 Plus as of 26 01     41034   09 01       Pos     Item    006    009    018    021    027    030    054    057    069    070    071    072    073    074    075    076    077    078    079    081    084    085    087    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  16  spare part lists    Leistungsteil  power unit    41034  41034  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0040 313 Platine Leistungsverteiler  SA2  K  mit Schalter   board power distributor  SA2  K  with switch  7721 0040 278 Platine Leistungskarte SA2  K   board circuit card for power unit SA2  K  7721 0090 108 Sicherung 4 00A tr  ge 5x20mm   fuse 4 00A  time lag  5x20mm  7721 0090 071 Sicherung 2 50A mitteltr  ge 5x20mm   fuse 2 50A  normal lag  5x20mm  7721 0090 069 Sicherung 1 00A mitteltr  ge 5x20mm   fuse 1 00A  normal lag  5x20mm  7721 0090 064 Sicherung 3 15A tr  ge 5x20mm   fuse 3 15A  time lag  5x20mm  7721 0040 239 Kabel Steuerleitung 16 polig SA2 Plus   cable control line 16 poles vers  A SA2 Plus  7721 0040 240 Kabel Stromversorgung f  r Bedienteil SA2 Plus   cable power supply operating unit SA2 Plus  7721 0040 243 Kabel Mixer SA2 Plus   cable for mixer SA2 Plus  7721 0040 244
179. ng Out Elec   trolyte Prescription     you reduce the duration of an ongoing treatment  the treatment of an  animal will be interrupted automatically as soon as its duration has lapsed  In switch menu     Alarms    you can view as an expire message that the plan relating to additive distribution    has lapsed     If the treatment has been completed according to the entered prescription  an expire mes   sage for the corresponding animal or group will be displayed in switch menu    Alarms        If you try to select a prescription that has not been made out  yet  the display will show     In this Menu you cannot make out a prescription  The display  shows     11 5 Blocking the Remaining Portion with Additive    X1  not made out yet    inputs only in  menu  make out     In this menu feeding can be blocked for those animals that under no circumstances should  get additive  If an animal getting additive breaks off the visit to the feeding station thus lea   ving a remaining portion in the mixer jar  the long electrode is covered   the box valves lea   ding to the feeding stations will close  This may last until an animal entitled to additive  enters the feeding station and drinks up the liquid in the mixer jar or the remaining portion  is drained off automatically via the outlet valve after a pre set time  Refer to chapter 14 5 4     page 137     Cleaning Settings  Remaining Portion        Additives    Additives        9089     The electrolyte solution cannot be blocked     Turn t
180. ng data  The animal data are deleted and the operational data are overwritten by standard  values     Animal data are e g  group allocation  housing date  feeding days  total consumption etc     Operational data are all non animal  specific data  like e g  feeding plan  concentration plan   The standard values for operational data are empirical  You can change them at any time and  bring them into line with individual requirements  See chapter 9  page 72     Altering the  Work Data       If you select    All New  all exercises concerning input routine will be deleted     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 99  Press ENTER to confirm the input  99 new installation  gt   all new   no    Select   yes    and press ENTER  All animal data are deleted 99 newinstallation  and the operational data are overwritten by standard values  all new   yes    pp    pp    Basic Inputs during Installation    The display shows the following message     Select    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input     After   New installation  has been carried out  the message  finished  appears in the second line of the display     In this menu you can move to another screen  If the automatic  feeder is running  you may recover the standard values of the  automatic feeder at any time  All values modified manually   like e g  feeding plans are deleted and overwritten by standard  values  This process does not concern the animal numbers  already entered     Move to the next screen     Select 
181. ng plan group A     Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter     Right arrow takes you into the milk plan period fields for that group    Press  enter  to open the displayed data fields  then work through the display entering  data period by period as per the following table         period length Tally daily milk allowance  5 days days 1 5 from 30L to 3 0L    1   2 25 days   days 6 30 from 30L to 5 0L  3 25 days   days 31 55 from 5 0L to 5 0L  4 20 days days 56 75 from 5 0L to 2 0L  5 5 days days 76 80 from 20L to 2 0L             H2  Drink sizes   amount limits    s9 5  9 5 1   p84 85       This is where you set the minimum  amp  maximum drink sizes   When setting minimum drink sizes  think about two things       calf satisfaction   amp     time of the 1  feed each day    re calf satisfaction     If you set a small  minimum drink size   eg O 5L   the calves won t feel satisfied after a drink   They will hang around the drink station hoping for another  turn   amp  it can get quite congested  around the drink box     re time of the 1   feed each day   The machine divides each calf s daily drink allowance into 20 portions   amp  credits 1 portion per hour  from 1am until 8pm  The calf will not be fed until it s credited portions reach the  minimum drink  size      eg   if daily drink allowance is 3 0L   amp  minimum drink size is 1 0L   daily drink allowance is divided into 20 portions  amp  credited at 1 portion hour  150ml hr here     At this rate it 
182. ng stations an automatic feeder can provide approx  50   60 rea   ring calves or 20   30 fattening calves or 20 rearing calves and 15 fattening calves with  feed     Technical data are subject to change without prior notice     Locating the Automatic Feeder 19    3 Locating the Automatic Feeder    3 1 Local Electrical Connection    Equipotential  bonding    Lightning  protection    The local electrical connection must be installed by qualified electricians     Observe local regulations and protective measures  A fault current circuit breaker  30  mA  in the local power supply is compulsory to operate the automatic feeder     The automatic feeder requires its own power supply  refer to chapter 2  page 17      Technical Data        Observe rated voltage and rated frequency  The rated voltage indicated on the nameplate  of the automatic feeder must correspond to the one of the mains supply     In case of overvoltage risk  an overvoltage protector must be installed in the main distri   bution frame     For animals  safety and to prevent electrical interferences  carry out equipotential bonding  of all metal parts such as water line  feeding station  race way and automatic feeder  At the  rear of the automatic feeder is located the connection screw for the equipotential bonding  It  is imperative to connect this screw to a local earth plate  such as e g  the earth circuit con   nector  by means of a short coupling     As it is technically impossible to protect the installation aga
183. ng the detergent pump  42  activating the heat exchanger  42  Institute  43  interface test  40  registering and cancelling feeding stations  40  selecting the animal scales  39  selecting the printing function  38    setting the baud rate for PC and concentrate feeder   37    shutdown  142    signs  danger signs  10    161    information signs  10  specifications  automatic feeder  17    specifications automatic feeder  number of sucking stations  18  storage capacity powder hopper  17    Squelch  21  37  53   start up  31   station number  88   sucking stations per calf feeder  18  suction hose  20    switch menu  25    U    unknown transmitters  116    V    verification  animal scales  109  animal verification C1  108  animal verification C2  109  C1 and C2  108  feeding behaviour  107  number of animals  110  visits  109    verification list  printing  144    visits  109    W    warning levels  86  concentrate  87  milk  86    warning list printing  144   water connection  17  22   water pressure  22   water shortage  147   weaning  concentrate dependent  74    weight  120    Annex A    EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY    We     F  rster Technik GmbH  Gerwigstr  25   D 78234 Engen   Tel   49   0 7733 9406 0  Fax   49  0 7733 9406 99    F  rster    KW  Technik    declare that our products with the designation     TAK  SA2 27 F1  TAK  SA2 28 P1  TAK  SA2 30 P1  TAK  SA2 32 P1  TAK  SA2 38 P1    TAP  SA2 27 F1  TAP  SA2 28 P1  TAP  SA2 30 P1    VDW  SA2 27 F1  VDW  SA2 28 P1  VD
184. ng to the concentrate feeder and or the animal scales should occur  the  feeding mode will be kept up  In case of failures in the feeding mode due e g  to water shor   tage  the concentrate mode will be kept up     If failures occur  the display will show  machine alarms  see alarms    Turn the program switch to 3   alarms to view the error mes   sages     13 1 1 Connection Error concerning Animal Scales or Concentrate Feeder    If the connection between the Stand Alone and the concen  silo 182  trate feeder is interrupted  the display will show the following  connectioninterrup     error message    Potential corrective action      Check connection cable to the concentrate feeders     Check power supply of the concentrate feeders     If the connection between the Stand Alone and the animal anim  scales 182  scales is interrupted  e g  the following error message will be  number errors  1  displayed     After 11 connection errors to the animal scales an alarm is  triggered     Potential corrective action   e Check connection cable to the animal scales     e Check power supply of the animal scales     The number of connection errors is automatically set to O during daily calculation  The auto   matic feeder retries to establish a connection to the concentrate feeder or to the animal sca     112 Alarms    les  Press    C    to manually set back the connection errors to 0     13 1 2 Checking the Calibration Values for Concentrate    If an animal enters a concentrate station where
185. ng to their  animal numbers  You can choose between individual  group or automatic registration  The  animals can be allocated to four different groups  A  B  C  D   thus being fed group specifi   cally  Example    Group A for heifers  less increase     Group B for bull calves  more increase     Group C for white veal calves    Group D for other calves     Group assignment is only related to the feeding plans according to which the animals are  fed  All animals can be fed at any feeding station irrespective of the group to which they    have been assigned     Only valid for Combi feeders  animals being fed only with milk or only with milk pow   der water have to be allocated to different feeding groups     7 9 1 Registering Individual Animals    If the livestock  gender  age  weight  is not homogenous  you have to register the animals  individually in the corresponding group        Cy Turn the program switch to 6   animal data and Info  animal data  amp  Info gt     weight  days fed    Animal Data   amp  Info  pa E Select submenu    Register     animal data  amp  Info gt   Y register    ES Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  The display shows  g anim  numbers  gt   Gei the number of available animal numbers  are available  Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  la  register in A   cu  ES Select the animal number  12a register in A   Y    Press ENTER to confirm the input  l2a register in A     u       ee        p Select the group  A  B  C  D   12a register in B 
186. nimal without feed entitlement is identified in the  feeding station  An entitled animal immediately gets the feed  to which it is entitled  If an animal without feed entitlement is  identified in the feeding station  compressed air cleaning will  restart 2 minutes after break off  If an entitled animal leaves  the feeding station where it has been identified  the following  compressed air cleaning will not start until the pre set time in  submenu    remaining portion empty after   minutes    has lap   sed  Press ENTER to confirm    Yes    or    No        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  By default   compressed air cleaning starts as soon as the mixer Jar is  empty and waiting time has lapsed  30 minutes      Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Select the ope   rating mode in accordance with the season     air cleaning  automatically    air cleaning    13    no      gt     automatically yes    air cleaning  box 1      gt     box 1 air cleaning  gt     medium    yes    break air cleaning  gt   when calf visit no    Ke    air cleaning after  feed in 30 min    operating mode   summer yes     gt     For the winter operating mode we suggest to shorten the time until the remaining portion    is pumped off  see chapter 14 5 4    Cleaning settings  Remaining portion   page 137  as well    as the time until compressed air cleaning starts running  Example  Pump off the remaining  portion after 10 minutes Compressed air cleaning after 10 minutes     Press Arrow Ri
187. ning     If the long electrode is free  a water portion will be delivered into the mixer jar  for pre   cleaning  where it is quickly mixed up and then pumped out via the mixer outlet valve  Af   ter that  two further portions will be dispensed  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a  detergent dosing pump that has been previously activated in Setup  some detergent will be    added to the water   cleaning mixer  3 00 min  After the mixer has run for 3 minutes  the time runs back  emptying mixer  wards from 3 to 0 minutes   the liquid in the mixer jar will be    drained off via the mixer outlet valve  The display shows     After a short time two water portions are delivered again into  post clean mixer  the mixer jar  After that  the rinsing process takes place in  shortened form  The display shows     If the water cannot be drained off via the mixer outlet valve within 2 minutes  the long elec   trode is still covered   an alarm message will be displayed  see chapter    Alarms  Machine     de     Cleaning 13    Alarms      You can view and delete the alarm message in menu    Alarms     program switch  position 3   If necessary  check whether the suction hose or the mixer outlet valve are blok   ked  Remove the rinsing water from the mixer jar     If the detergent has been added automatically to the rinsing water  the feeding mode will be  interrupted until the problem has been solved    If no detergent has been added automatically to the rinsing water  the fault message d
188. nsor for SA  7721 0040 613 Doppelelektrode SA2Plus   1700 mit Stecker  double electrode SA2 Plus   1700 with plug  7721 0070 242 Bedienfeldabdeckung SA  cover for control unit   SA  7721 0040 263 Folie Tastatur SA2 Plus Neutral DE  foil for keyboard SA2 Plus Neutral DE  7721 0040 333 Programmsatz f SA2   program set for Sa2   7721 0091 192 Platine Rechnerk f SA2 099 o Speicherk o  Progr Satz  circuit card for cpu SA2  w o Programme chip  w o memory   7721 0070 220 Schutzdeckel B H A 3DB mit Dichtung  cover B H A 3DB with sliding ring    98453   01 00       Pos   Item    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  13    spare part lists    Bedien  und Steuerungsteil  operating and control unit    98453  40436    Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    Kok OK ch Ok ck ok ck ch ck ck ck ck ck ck  K kk k kk ok ck   7721 0040 435 Bedien  und Steuerungsteil TAK VDW SA2 Plus  operating and control unit TAK VDW SA2 Plus   7721 0040 436 Bedien  und Steuerungsteil TAP SA2 Plus   bis  30 10 01  operating and control unit TAP SA2 Plus    41765 07 01         Pulver Wasser   powder water     Kombi   combi    Pos     Item    003    006    009    012    015    018    021    024    027    030    033    036    039    043    045    051    054    066    069    072    096    099    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  14  
189. nter this submenu  Display reads  cleaning settings heat exchanger    Right arrow into this section  Display reads  clean HE automatically no    Change to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter    Then right arrow again  amp  display reads  clean HE 2 times   days   Right arrow again to enter the times at which cleaning occurs     Mixer  14 5 2     Set the mixer to be cleaned 1 9 times daily  suggest 6 times     F3     Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge    Down arrow to  cleaning settings    Right arrow to enter this submenu  Display reads  cleaning settings heat exchanger    Down arrow to  cleaning settings mixer    Right arrow into this section  Display reads  clean mixer automatically no    Change to  yes   amp  confirm with  enter    Then right arrow again  amp  display reads  cleaning mixer 1 times   days   Enter the required number of daily cleanings  then confirm with  enter      Flush the drinking hose  14 5 3     The machine can be set to flush the mixer  amp  drinking hose with 250ml of water after every drink     To set this flushing you have to specify both the calf group  A D   amp  calf age  1 day 80 days    Don t set flushing to occur to very young calves   as calves often drink the  flushing water  at the  end of the milk drink  For young calves on small milk drinks  250ml of  flushing water  will mix  with the milk in their abomasum  amp  interfere with milk clotting  which will cause scouring    Suggest  set flushing to start from day 28  
190. ny litres have been dispensed ye  today 27 L    sterday and today    If the feed is entirely delivered via the stainless steel coil  the  one heating circuit  display will show the number of warnings and expire periods   dr warn  exp   Feeding station with animal     The display shows which animal is identified at present  123A feeding  45 0kg 1 5 L    The display shows the current entitlement of the identified 123A feeding  animal  45 0kg 1 5 L    The current animal is displayed only in case the animal scales  123A feeding  have been selected in Setup  45 0kg 1 5 L    The display shows whether the sensor is free or covered  123A  Sensor free   Mixer jar empty      Sensor covered   Mixer jar at least partly filled    The display shows whether an animal has been identified and  123a  at which feeding station        Symbol for identification  1   Feeding station 1  2   Feeding station 2    The display shows whether animal   s entitlement is limited by  123A limit  feeding  the maximum quantity  45 0kg 2 5 L       m    After the animal has claimed the maximum quantity  feed entitlement will be blocked for  two hours     106 Check Functions    The display shows whether animal s feed entitlement has  been blocked because the animal has already consumed the blocked  maximum quantity    The display shows whether the animal has to wait  2 4 hours   or not until it is fed again after having consumed electrolyte wait time electrol   or milk  See chapter 11 4  page 101     Distributing 
191. o    s ES Enter    yes    and press ENTER  5  silo 1 amp 2  gt   xl  ene available yes    Select silo 1 and 2 if 1 Master station with a related Slave station are connected to the fee   der  Select silo 3 and 4 if 2 Master stations with related Slave stations are connected to the    Li          feeder    ES Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  5  silo 1  EN  eu C1   ya HS Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the silo   5  silo 1  EN   Y C1    gt  Press ENTER to select the desired concentrate type  5  silo 1  gt   EN C1  d Enter the concentrate type  1 or 2  allocated to the correspon   5  silo 1 E  P ef ding concentrate feeder and press ENTER to confirm the in      pe g p Cl  OW put      Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen and select the 5  dosing code  gt   Rat group  group A     Bo  Be          Ea    Setup 37    Here you can select whether the concentrate has to be dispen   54 dosing code A  gt     sed proportionately to the concentrate plan or the concentrate C plan  yes  consumption   Enter the concentrate amount to be dispensed by the screw  5  dosing code A    conveyor after the dosing flap has been released  You can se   of c plan  x x   gt   lect    C plan    or    C consumption       C plan  percentage of the concentrate amount to which the   group is entitled at the present day according to the concen    trate plan    C consumption  percentage of the average concentrate   amount consumed during the last three days     Press Arrow Right to move to the
192. od 3  41 days from 2 5 to 2 5 kg  period 4  not active    period 5  not active  duration of the plan  90 days   13 weeks    N    Standard values of concentrate plan 2  for all groups   periods 1   5 not active        Concentrate 2 plan     Enter 41 in keyboard menu 10 and proceed as with concentrate 1 plan     co    Entitlement Intervals 7    9 4 Entitlement Intervals    The day quantity of milk or concentrate is divided by the number of entitlement intervals   Example  If an animal is entitled to 10 liters between midnight and 8 p m   this entitlement   in case you entered 20 entitlement intervals  will increase at each feeding interval  1 hour   by 0 5 L  However the milk is dispensed only in case the minimum saved quantity has been  reached   Minimum saved quantity  see chapter 9 5  page 81     Amount Limits         9 4 1 Feeding Intervals    Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10 2 keyboard   e  5 ES Enter 16  Press ENTER to confirm the input  164 feed  interv   Ma eee for group A   gt     A p Select the group  16  feed  interv   Y for group B   gt        E P Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER   16   A 1  fr  0 hrs  S  i eue last till 20 hrs    Enter duration of the feeding intervals  After the last feeding  16  A 1  fr  D hrs  ko AS interval has lapsed  the total milk quantity will be available as  last till 20 hrs    remaining quantity  Press ENTER to confirm the input     Potential input  6 p m  to 11 p m  Standard value  8 p m           ES Se Mo
193. oil  into the mixer jar by the incoming water and subsequently pumped out via the mixer outlet  valve     14 5 2 Cleaning Settings Mixer    Rinsing    fe    In Menu   Cleaning Settings  Mixer    you can enter the frequency of automatic mixer clea   ning per day  You can enter up to 9 times per day  We recommend to clean the mixer 3 times  per day  i e  every 8 hours  If the automatic heat exchanger cleaning is active  3 hours before  and 3 hours after heat exchanger cleaning  the mixer will not be cleaned regardless of the  number of entered cleaning processes  After the cleaning process has been completed  the  liquid in the mixer jar is drained off automatically via the suction hoses resp  the teat     Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning  gt     HE with sponge     136    d     Pr    M    ag        p       wu Ww    SR       y  Y    xl ene    p BF    En er          y       i  A Per          Cleaning    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu     Settings        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu    Mixer        Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen   Enter    no    if the mixer must not be cleaned automatically   Press ENTER to confirm the input     If you select    yes     press Arrow Right to move to the next  screen  Press ENTER     Enter the frequency of cleaning processes  Press ENTER to  confirm the input     Move to the next screen  If more water is needed for mixer  cleaning  here yo
194. on of the con  114 plan  77 days  centration  and the feeding plan  Example with standard va   feed  plan  77 days  lues     If the concentration plan is shorter than the feeding plan  the end of the concentration plan  will appear as an expire message  The last concentration is fed until the end of the feeding  plan     The next screen shows plan requirement for the milk amount  114 target consum   and the solid matter calculated from the feeding   the concen   478 L SM  57 kg  tration  and the milk ratio plan  Example with standard va    lues     Standard values of the concentration plan   group A  total 57 kg MP   77 days  group B  total 46 kg MP   70 days    group C  total 38 kg MP   64 days  group D  total 42 kg MP   71 days       Altering the Operational Data 7    N    9 3 Concentrate Plans    eu       gne        d          h     ES     p  Ma ES       Two concentrate types  C 1 and C 2   such as e g  calf starter or farm derived coarse meal  mix can be fed  provided that two concentrate feeders have been installed  For settings  see  chapter 7 3 1  page 36     Setup  Activating the Concentrate    Each of the four groups is  divided into 5 periods     Periods of a Concentrate Plan  F  rster  Technik    quantity of concentrate in kg day  2 6  2 4  2 2          o P2 P3  0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 0 77 84 91 9  feeding days    drinking days     a  00    Concentrate plan 1     Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 40 and press ENTER to confirm the input  40  Cl
195. oncentrate by the entitlement  intervals  They are based on standard values with which the automatic feeder operates     Minimum saved quantity     The milk quantities are continuously saved during the day according to the interval feeding  time system  By the minimum save up quantity you can determine the number of milk por   tions to be saved until a milk portion is dispensed  This has an indirect influence on the  number of meals     The minimum save up quantities may vary depending on the feeding periods  i e  at the be   ginning of the feeding plan  little animals can be provided with small portions  such as e g  4  portions    1 5 L day  Later on  especially in calf rearing  the feeding times should be redu   ced to one by raising the minimum save up quantities  The long time intervals between the  feeding times increase the consumption of concentrate and raw food considerably thus redu   cing the tendency to mutual suckling     The minimum save up quantity for milk is entered per group and in liters  according to the  minimum save up quantity plan    The minimum save up quantity for concentrate is entered per group as a percentage of the  day quantity    Example  Day quantity of animal 1A   1 0 kg  day quantity of animal 2A   2 0 kg  If  for  instance  the minimum save up quantity is 10    animal 1A will concentrate only if the  save up quantity is more than or equal to 100 g and animal 2A will get concentrate only if  the minimum save up quantity is more than or equal
196. oses  So water comes out of the hoses   press Start Stop to complete connected   yes    pre cleaning  The display shows     Connect the cleaning adaptor or the milk hose connected to it  to the milk supply  Press ENTER to confirm    yes        The following message is displayed  to deaerate  press feeding pump    In support of the deaeration process  push the button located  at the upper left of the chassis to activate the feeding pump     After deaeration has been completed  within 3 seconds the short electrode has to be hit 3  times by the water jet   the main cleaning process  lasting 10 minutes  starts running auto   matically  If the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing pump that has been  previously selected in Setup  some detergent will be added to the cleaning water     Time starts running backwards from 10 to 0 minutes  Press clean HE  Start Stop to cut off the cleaning process at any time  rem  09 55min stop     Main cleaning    If  after 3 minutes  the supply electrode has not been hit yet   the cleaning process will cut off  The display shows the fault  message     Failure    Hoses not deaerated        At the end of the main cleaning process the automatic feeder  test sensor  checks whether the supply electrode is permanently earthed  please wait         The cleaning process cuts off as soon as the fault message is   displayed  See chapter   Alarms        Annex    G  If the supply electrode is not earthed  the automatic feeder solenoid valves  will
197. ou wish to remove     O Press  enter  to open up this calf s identification field    The cursor should flash beside the Calf Number  Do not clear   delete the calf  number at this stage   simply press  enter  again to shift the cursor to the  bottom line     transmitter no    field    Press the  0   Clear  key to clear the  transmitter no   Confirm with  enter    Press  enter  again to open up the  Calf Number  field  again     Now clear the calf number by pressing the    0   Clear    key  Confirm with   enter      GGG    It is important that the responder number should be cleared before clearing the calf number     WestfaliaSurge Australia  Start up quide   Stand Alone  combi model    Equipment needed        Westfalia calf feeder instruction manual 7163 9001 042  date 07 2001     2 x liquid measuring containers  for 10 20ml  amp  500 600ml volumes     paper bags to collect milk powder   amp  additives  for weighing    weighing scales  accurate at 20g 200g weights     thermometer for water temps  accurate in 30C 50C range     This guide is divided into 4 sections          1  for standard combi calf feeders  2  for pellet feeders  3  for the powder additive dispenser  4  famer s record of settings  for standard combi calf feeders  A  Before connecting to power  s6 p31   1  open RHS door  amp  turn off both thermostats  O C   6 1 p31     the boiler hasn t been filled yet  amp  the element would burn out if thermostats were on   2  plug into power  amp  switch on  3  fill the bo
198. ox    Thanks to the priority control with two group valve unit  the automatic feeder can provide   in succession  two feeding stations with milk  i e  as soon as an entitled animal enters the  feeding station the available milk amount for this animal will be distributed without inter   ruption while the other feeding station is blocked during this time  Change over to the other  feeding station takes place via the two group valve unit located in the left interior of the  automatic feeder     The milk hose leads from the mixer to the feeding pump and from there to the solenoid val   ves  If you open the lateral left door  you will find the connections from the box valves to  the teat at the front side of the corresponding solenoid valves  The milk is conveyed to the  corresponding feeding stations via the suction hoses  The hose connection from the mixer  outlet valve to the teat is located below the outlet valve  The liquid in the mixer jar is con   veyed to the outside via the suction hose that runs through an opening in the chassis of the  automatic feeder         Box valve 1  Box valve 2  Mixer outlet valve  Suction hose connection 1  Suction hose connection 2 Feeding pump    Hose connection mixer Suction hose connection mixer    outlet valve    Make sure that suction hose connection 1 leads to feeding station 1  antenna 1  and suction  hose connection 2 to feeding station 2  antenna 2   If you do not observe this order  the an   imal that claims its milk portion at feedin
199. p53  c  in batches    groups  7 9 2   p55    If the farmer intends to use just 1 feedplan  the calves can be allocated to that group  automatically  If the farmer intends to use more than 1 feedplan  the calves will need to be  allocated to groups either individually or in batches     2a  Automatic allocation   registration  7 9 3 p60   If the farmer is going to put all the calves on one feedplan  say feedplan A  then all the calves can   automatically  allocated to that group  group A  by    turning on  the automatic allocation function   Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp info    Down arrow to  automatic register  submenu   Right arrow to enter this submenu  Then work through the data entry fields as required  see s7 9 3 in manual      The problem with automatic allocation is that the farmer needs to watch out for older calves  amp   remove them at the end of their feedplan  Otherwise the day after the feedplan ends the calf will  be automatically re allocated to the group as a fresh calf on day 1 of a whole new feedplan     2b  Individual allocation  individual registration    7 9 1   p 57   This is straightforward  amp  works well if only a few calves need to be entered  amp  allocated each day   Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp info    Down arrow to  register  submenu   Right arrow to enter this submenu   Work through the available calf numbers  allocating them to groups one by one     2c  Batch allocation   group registration    7 9 2 p59   This works when a there is a ru
200. pe ends   because collars  might get caught in them     You will find further safety instructions in the following chapters     10 Introduction    1 3 Safety Signs on the Automatic Feeder and the Concentrate Feeder       Crush and cut hazard     Moving parts starting automatically can crush and cut     Q O Keep hands and fingers clear before operating     Ww   This sign is located on potential danger areas on the automatic feeder   such as the milk powder hopper  the milk powder outlet  the mixer as  well as the outlet for powder additives on the additive dispenser  Moreo   ver  this sign is also located on potential danger areas on the concentrate  feeder           Turn off and lock out power before carrying out any kind of operations  on the above mentioned parts     id   DANGER  Electric shock hazard   D Hazardous voltage   Contact may cause electric shock  burn or death     This sign is located on potential danger areas on the automatic feeder   such as e g  the power unit  Moreover  this sign is also located on poten   tial danger areas on the concentrate feeder     Turn off and lock out power before opening the power unit     The power unit is to be opened and serviced by qualified electricians  only     1 4 Information Signs on the Automatic Feeder  Before connecting the automatic feeder to the mains supply and acti     vating the heating  see chapter 6    Installing the Automatic Feeder      page 31   read and understand the instruction manual        Any questions abo
201. peed is 0 86 L   min    And finally right arrow again gives the drinking speed data for yesterday     5  Checking all calves  including alarm calves     Turn dial to 4  verification     Display reads  calves with right feeding behaviour     Right arrow into this submenu  amp  the display givestoday s drinking details for the 1   calf  as above   Right arrow gives yesterday s drinking details    Right arrow gives the no of pauses   breaks during drinking today   Right arrow gives pause details for yesterday   Right arrow gives todays drinking speed as a   of the average speed over the last 3 days   Right arrow again gives drinking speed details for yesterday     6  Checking no of visits  Dial on 4  verification   Display reads  calves with right  feeding behaviour      Down arrow to  animal verific visits   Right arrow  amp  the display gives 1   calf no   amp  the no of times it has been fed today 4 yesterday  Right arrow again gives the no of times it entered a drink box  amp  was not fed today  amp  yesterday     7  Checking number of animals on the machine  Dial on 4  verification   Display reads  animal verific number of animals     Right arrow  amp  display gives the total no of calves registered at the moment   amp  the number of  spare registrations available   Right arrow again for details on the no of calves registered in each group     Feedplans for Stand  Alone Combi units    Default feedplans A B C D are already entered into the keyboard   If you want to use one o
202. put  15  feeding  gt      gue amount limits   Select submenu    Amount limits   15  feeding 5     3    Ka Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  15  limits  gt   gt group A     pp  pe SH Move to the next screen and press ENTER  15  A per 1 14 days  ig     WW    amount limits       Select the group  15  limits  gt   group A        min 1 5L max 2 0L 3       Enter the number of days for period 1  Press ENTER to con  15  A per 1 15 days                   i EN firm the input  min 1 5L max 2 0L  gt     Enter the milk amount in litres for the minimum save up 15  A per 1 15 days  i gne quantity and press ENTER  min 1 7L max 2 0L  gt     Enter the milk amount in litres for the maximum quantity and  154 A per 1 14 days  l AS press ENTER  The maximum quantity cannot be smaller than  min 1 71 max 2 2L  gt   d the minimum save up quantity  For the periods 2 5  proceed  as for period 1    E The last screen shows the duration of the plan referring to li   15  plan  77 days   oi mited quantities as well as the duration of the corresponding  feed  plan  77 days    feeding plan     Limited Quantities 83    Standard values for minimum save up quantity and maximum quantity of the groups A  B   C and D      ed Timm era anny raum uy  Group A 1  14 days 2 0 L  14 days 2 5L    49 days 3 0L  4   5  not active as a standard  Group B 1  14 days 20L    14 days 2 5L    42 days 2 5L  4   5  not active as a standard  Group C 1  14 days 2 0L  14 days 2 5L  36 days 3 0L  4   5  not active as a standard 
203. r     Proceed as follows   Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  The display shows  cleaning  HE with sponge     Move to the next screen  HE with sponge    cleaning  start    128 Cleaning      Open the quick coupling for sponge cleaning      f necessary  soak the sponge with a cleansing agent and insert it into the opening       Close the quick coupling      58 Press Start Stop  in order to start the cleaning process   jo     During the cleaning process approx  750 ml of water are delivered into the stainless steel  coil located inside the heat exchanger     After cleaning has been completed  the display shows  HE with sponge  cleaning finished      Press the manual key   Mixer outlet valve    to remove the water from the mixer jar or to  let it draw off via the mixer outlet valve  Air in the hoses prevents the water from drai   ning off  In this case  keep the push button at the upper left of the chassis pressed to acti   vate the feeding pump       In order to rinse again by means of clear water  press the manual keys    Water solenoid  valve    and    Milk pump    simultaneously or reactivate the function    HE with sponge   Cleaning    in program switch position    Rinsing     without inserting the sponge      14 2 Heat Exchanger    The heat exchanger cleaning consisting of pre cleaning  main cleaning and rinsing has to be  carried out daily  During heat exchanger cleaning  all milk supplying parts of the automatic  feeder  except for the suction hoses  are thoroughly c
204. r   1  gt   C 2 exp     Select submenu    Warning Animals  C   C   concentrate   warning animals   gt   EZ   Move to the next screen  1A C1 today  gt     cons 0 23kg 62  off    The upper line shows the warning today for concentrate type  1a ci today E  1 or 2  The lower line shows the consumed quantity in kilo  cons 0 23kg 62  of    grams and the corresponding percentage of the 3 day avera    ge     The upper line indicates the warning yesterday for concen  1A  Cl yesterday  gt   trate type 1 or 2  The lower line indicates the quantity consu   med yesterday in kilograms and the corresponding percentage   of the 3 day average     The upper line shows the 3 day warning for concentrate type  1a  c1 3 days warn  1 or 2  The lower line indicates the percentage of the set va  75  fr  plan value   lue     118 Alarms    13 4 Expire Date    In this menu  all animals for which a temporary action has lapsed  like e g  addition to the  feed quantity  are displayed as expire animals for the corresponding action     Press    O C    to delete expire date messages  Expire date messages referring to the feeding  and the concentrate plan are always displayed at day change until the animal is cancelled      gt  5 Alarms Turn the program switch to 3   alarms  messages   dr   DA      ce 2 exp   2    a ES Select submenu    Expiry Plan Animal     exp plan animal   gt   Y number  2                Move to the next screen  23A  feeding  gt    Re expiry date reached  Press    O C    to delete expire da
205. r  is used by the Calf  Feeder s ID system     Overview of Calf Entry  Entering a new calf at the Keypad is a two or three step process      1  Enter the calf s two identity numbers     the Numbered Eartag number  001   999    amp   O the NLIS eartag s  internal electronic responder number     It is easier to get a Drink Station antenna to  read  the  internal number  than to enter it  manually  Manual entry is possible  but farmers need to contact their local DPI office to  obtain a copy of their NLIS Eartag Table  which lists  printed external numbers  alongside  the  internal responder number    for their NLIS tags     2  Allocate the calf to a Calf Group  There are three ways this can be done    3  If necessary  adjust the calf s age  The Calf Feeder starts all calves on day 1 of their Feedplan unless told otherwise     Details    1  Enter the calf s two identity numbers    Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp  info    Down arrow to    animal data  amp  input   transmitter input  submenu   Right arrow into this submenu     a  Display reads    animal no  xxx  transm no  xxxxxxxx     Scroll up or down to the first  unused   available  animal number   Press  enter  to open the display  then enter the  Numbered Eartag  number   Confirm by pressing  enter      b  Then for the    transm no    field     first check that the cursor is not flashing beside the   transm no  display  If it is flashing  press  enter  to make it disappear   Trap the calf in a Drink Station so it s R ear  N
206. r mit Schutzkappe  push button 1 pole  short with protecting cap   7721 0040 475 Drucktaster manuelle Tr  nkef  rderung SA2 Plus  push button manual milk supply SA2 Plus   7721 0099 181 Heizkabel mit Temperatursteuerung SA SM    heating cable with temperature control Combi  Kok ck OK Ok ck ck ck ch ck ck ck ck ck ck    K OK Ok OK OK OK ok k    7721 0041 034 Leistungsteil TAKS SA2 Farmer  power unit TAKS  7721 0041 162 Leistungsteil TAKS SA2 Japan  power unit TAKS Japan  Leistungsteil TAKS SA2 Profi  power unit TAK5 SA2 Profi    40476   10 00       Pos     Item    003    006    009    012    015    018    021    024    027    030    033    036    042    045    051    060    069    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  18  spare part lists    Absperrventil Sp  lventil manue  stop valve circ valve manual feeding pump TAS w push button    40476  40476  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0090 079 Dichtung GDM 3 17  seal GDM 3 17  7721 0091 188 Magnetspule 220V 50 60Hz 91711 91068 2 2 Wegeventil  solenoid coil 220V 50 60Hz  7721 0097 676 Ventilteil   Plungerrohr mit Messingplatte  valve part   plunger tube with brass plate  7721 0097 680 Ventilteil   Feder  valve part   spring  7721 0097 681 Ventilteil   97145 Plunger  valve part   plunger for item 97145  7721 0097 678 Ventilteil   St  tzring
207. r more complicated milk ratio plans     As an example   lets say the farmer wants to feed  i  fresh milk only  eg fresh colostrum  for the 1  10 days  ii  steadily changeover to 50  fresh milk   50  powdered milk over the next 10 days  iii  sit on 50  fresh milk   50  powdered milk for the next 10 days  iv  change abruptly to powdered milk only for the final 50 days    Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter     Display reads  3   milk functions    Down arrow to  3   milk ratio plan    Right arrow into this submenu   Select the group  then right arrow into the  milk ratio plan  fields for this group  Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter     Right arrow takes you into the  milk ratio plan  fields for that group    Press  enter  to open the displayed data  then work through the display  entering data  period by period as per the following table            period length tally milk ratio description  1 10 days days 1 10 from 100  to 100  100  liquid milk  2 10 days   days 11 20 from 100  to 50    changing to 50 50 liquid   powdered milk  3 10 days   days 21 30 from 50  to 50  sits on 50 50  4 50 days days 31 80 from 0  to 0  100  powdered milk          I  Calf Identification   The calf feeder can store 999 calf numbers  0 999   but only 99 calves can be  active   ie fed  at  ahy one time  So when a calf is removed   weaned off the calf feeder  it s identity details must be  cleared to create space for a new calf  see J below      Entering calve
208. r p   4 0   F18 TS15mA 2350V  control  il transformer  Y  ES  EE oH 6  6 6 8  lt  55  5 53 Soe Sur  Be o c  gt _ gt   BES 882  400    66 656  gt  40 0   LT A2 distribution board  LTI A2 XLN   7 8 7 8 7 7 7   n 2N y 40   LTI A2 X1 PE   PE  gt   4 0      2   Se ou  o  gt  S 6    SC  N d S q EI      550  a so  Saar 2350V mixer heating transformer  gt  510  i 230V_cable protection against frost    brown   y  5 4  9  black Seil BT hopper  black 230V_heating additive           z   E 5     gt  2L1 250V  brown brown  or p          blue         a                       2 9  gt  ge green    yellow  TAK5   SA2   XX   F1  P1 Ea Da dead T Zeichnungs Nr  PL10244 E  e   P     rster Techni m   a  Mikro identification Versions   Nr  a  itivi   16 10   3 AC Sensitivity card gezeichnet Datum 16102005   Am  Anderung Ind  Datum  Name ame jr G  ltig bis                                    gt   5 0    power card       250V  valves     LT1 A1                                                 230V_valves  250V  motor    MOS AOEZ PINDI  e hIppo eAnbuJej p x     gt   5 0   gt   5 0                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     4  10 Blatter    Blatt  von       PL10244       Zeichnungs  Nr   Versions  Nr   G  ltig bis        16 10 2003  jr    Datum  Name       Technik GmbH       F  rster       gezeichnet       identification    
209. r part b  powdered milk only      But it is important that you enter the next section  F4a  correctly     H4  Assign a  solid  matter content  to fresh milk  s10 3 p95     a  for feedplans involving BOTH liquid milk  amp  powdered milk   This setting is quite important    In section F3 above  you entered the recommended mixing rate for this particular brand of milk  powder as the  starting rate  in period 1 of your concentration plan  This should now also be  entered as the  solid matter content  of the liquid milk     Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter     Display reads  3   milk functions    Down arrow to  3   milk value 120 g L SM    This value  120g L  should match the  starting rate  in period 1 of the concentration plan   If it is different  press  enter  to open the display  then enter the desired  matching    solid matter content  value  then confirm with  enter      If you don t match the  solid matter content  of the liquid milk with the  starting rate  in period 1  of the concentration plan  the combi will either    dilute the fresh milk with water if the liquid milk SMC value is higher than the  concentration plan value  or    strengthen the fresh milk with milk powder if the fresh milk SMC value is lower than the  concentration plan value     b  for powdered milk ONLY feedplans  no liquid milk at all     there is no need to assign a  solid matter content  to fresh milk  default value is 120g L      c  for liquid milk ONLY feedplans  no powdered milk 
210. ress  yes  then  enter    Display will think for a while  then say  new installation finished      C  Configure the unit     setup    7 3 p36   This tells the keyboard which  components  have been installed   amp  performs several setup tests     On standard  combi  units there are 4 things to configure     1   drink boxes  7 3 6 remember to enter both boxes  2  distribution pause  7 3 7 set to 16 sec   3  a  heat exchanger  7 3 8   b  with automatic cleaning  c  with separate heating circuit with circulation pump  4  detergent pump  7 3 9   5   Cancel Animal Delete Transm     say  yes  to this     Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 5 then  enter   This is the  setup  screen    Down arrow moves through the accessories     concentrate  pellet feeders     baud rate    printing    animal scales    interface test     boxes  drink stations     distribution pause    heat exchanger    detergent pump     air cleaning    institute    connection test   Right arrow takes you into the submenu for that particular accessory or activity    Work through the necessary submenus step by step as directed by the display     D  Calibrate  7 5 p41 46           note  try to get the farmer to watch the calibration steps   as it is a good idea if the farmer  re checks all the calibrations roughly once a month when the machine is in use        1  On standard  combi  units there are 4 keyboard fields to calibrate     water   boiler  7 5 1 p45 46   water   HE  milk   7 5 1 p45 46   milk powder  7 5 1 p45 
211. rinsing process the display shows  afterrinse HE    The electrodes and valves are checked automatically  1 5 li  afterrinse HE  ters of water are delivered into the mixer jar where they are finished  stirred for 20 seconds  After that  they are drained off via the   mixer outlet valve  This process should remove all residual   foam inside the mixer jar     After heat exchanger cleaning has been completed  the coil is filled with water  If an entitled  animal enters the feeding station  the water portion in the heat exchanger will be delivered  into the mixer jar and drained off via the mixer outlet valve  Only then a milk portion starts  to be prepared     Turn the program switch to position    Feeding Mode     in order to go back to feeding mode     Notes on automatic heat exchanger cleaning  time controlled     If the electrode is covered  automatic heat exchanger cleaning will be deferred for 1 hour at  most so that an animal has the opportunity to drink up the liquid in the mixer jar  If the an   imal does not drink up the liquid within this time  the electrode is still covered   the liquid  will be drained off via the mixer outlet valve and the cleaning cycle starts running     m    Annex    If there is still milk in the stainless steel coil  the automatic heat exchanger cleaning will be  deferred for 1 hour at most  too  If an entitled animal enters the feeding station within this  time  the automatic feeder starts to prepare at least two portions of water   milk powder
212. rom 7 0L to 25L  4 5 days days 66 70 from 2 5L to 2 5L  Drink sizes  min Becomes max  period length tally drink   available drink  1 14 days days 1 14 15L 6am 2 0L  2 14 days days 15 28 2 0L 8am 25L  3 42 days days 29 70 2 5L 9am 30L  Default Feedplan C  8    Daily allowances    milk  L day   o N Az o       days                         period length tally daily drink allowance  1 2 days days 1 2 from 50L to 5 0L  2 6 days days 3 8 from 50L to 6 0L  3 21 days days 9 29 from 60L to 6 0L  4 35 days days 30 65 from 6 0L to 2 5L  Drink sizes  min   Becomes max  period length tally drink   available drink  1 14 days days 1 14 15L 6am 2 0L  2 14 days days 15 28 2 0L 8am 2 5L  3 37 days days 29 65 2 5L Som 30L                         Daily allowances    Default Feedplan D       milk  L day   o N  gt  o co       days                      period length tally daily drink allowance  1 2 days days 1 2 from 40L to 4 0L  2 13 days days 3 15 from 40L to 6 0L  3 21 days   daysi6 36 from 60L to 6 0L  4 35 days _ days 37 71   from 6 0L to 2 5L  Drink sizes  min   Becomes max  period length tally drink available drink  1 7 days days 1 7 10L 5am 15L  2 14 days   days 8 21 15L 8am 2 0L  3 14 days days 22 35 2 0L Tam 2 5L  4 36 days days 36 71 2 5L 9am 3 0L                WestfaliaSurge Australia   Feedplan 1  traditional calf feeding        milk  L day        days             Daily allowances             period length tally daily drink allowance  1 10 days days 1 10 from 30L to 4 0L  2 40 days   d
213. rs for external components  the fuses and LEDs     LED to control the fuses    Plug for relay control via operating unit Fuse dor Weak eure  external components              Connector for weak  current external components       Connector for  weak current sup   ply of the opera   ting unit       Relays for external components 4         LED to control mY EE  weak current Sa AS    GH      1992299       Fuses for 230V    external components      cepel    ee    Fuse for      A u transformer  LED to control the fuses    Transformer for weak  current supply    Connector power Fuse for 230 V    supply 230 V external components       Connector for output to  230 V external components LED to control the fuses    14 Control of the Automatic Feeder    1 6 2 2 Distribution Board    On the distribution board are located  among other things  two integrated switches  By  means of the left switch you can switch on and off the heating of the milk powder outlet   vapour screen   By means of the right switch you can switch on and off the heating cable   See chapter 7 7  page 50     Heating for Milk Powder Outlet and Protection against Frost        Distribution connector for neutral conductor  N         Connector 230V for heating    ON OFF  switch for  heating cable     optional  ee SPHHUWSHWUZSRAEZZUWSSHNG 0000  V  Tie    240 72 cz t  zotticococoooQ    A    ON OFF switch for milk powder Distribution connector for protection conductor  PE   outlet heating  optional     Heat Exchanger with Separa
214. rt electrode in the mixer jar is earthed   e Check whether the electrode shaft is wet     e Check the electrode cable       To continue feeding  first turn the program switch away from    Feeding Mode    and then  back to    Feeding Mode        17 6 Milk Shortage    If the short  supply  electrode is not hit by the milk jet  milk dosing is cut off 1 second after  the start  This process takes place repeatedly up to 5 times at short intervals  even if you turn  the switch to another position     If  after 5 repetitions  the supply electrode is not hit by the milk jet yet  the automatic feeder  will either switch off or commute to the milk powder mode     In feeding mode the display shows either  milk shortage  Or  milk empty  now MP    e After you filled up the milk storage tank  just turn the program switch away from     Feeding Mode    and then back to    Feeding Mode        The display shows  milk tank  filled  no    Enter    yes    in case you filled up the milk tank  The automatic  feeder starts running again in the milk mode     N    Error Messages 14    17 7 Water Shortage    If the short electrode is not hit in water mode  the automatic feeder will start a water check   The repeat switching mechanism checks up to 5 times whether the water really does not  come out  After 5 vain attempts  the preparation of milk portions as well as animal identifi   cation are switched off     In feeding mode the display shows  water shortage    e Check whether the short electrode is hi
215. s ENTER to LWG  561 g day    confirm the input or key in the desired figure     After the last animal has been registered  press ESCAPE to go  back to the menu     56    Registering the Animals    7 9 2 Registering Groups    e    Animal Data   amp  Info    pp   p          h     gne    gne    h           h     ge       M    ag           h     gne      ke       y    If the livestock is homogeneous  gender  age  weight  you can register several animals si     multaneously in a group     Turn the program switch to 6 2 animal data and Info     Select submenu    Register groups        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER     Enter the first animal number required and press ENTER to  confirm the input     Enter the last animal number required and press ENTER to  confirm the input     Select the group     Press ENTER to confirm the input     The following screen is displayed     Press ENTER  Enter a representative animal weight     Press ENTER to confirm the input     If one or more animal numbers have not been cancelled thus    being unavailable  the display will show e g      Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     Enter   no  to register only the available numbers     Enter    yes    to cancel the unavailable numbers     The display shows the number of registered animals     animal data  amp  Info gt     weight  days fed     animal data     Info gt     register groups     anim  1 to 999  register in A     anim  1 to 999  register in A     anim  1 to 25 
216. s onto the system is a two or three step process     1  enter the calf s two identity numbers  a  a visible eartag number  keyboard accepts 1 999   A  b  the NLIS eartag  internal  responder number   2  allocate the calf to a group    there are three ways this can be done   3  if necessary  adjust for the calf s age    the machine starts all calves on day 1 of their feed plan  unless told otherwise    When commissioning a calf feeder always enter a few calf identities at each drink station  This  checks that both antennae are operating  amp  allows you to check the squelch values on both of them     NLIS eartag numbers  Inside each NLIS eartag is a responder with its own  responder number   keyboard calls this       transmitter number      This  internal  responder number is not the same as the printed number on  the outside of the eartag  It s the  internal  responder number that is read by a drink station  antenna for calf identification     When entering calf identity numbers  it s easier to get a drink station antenna to  read  the   internal responder number  into the keyboard  via  transmitter input   than to enter it manually   Manual entry is possible  but farmers need to contact the Dept of Agriculture for a copy of their  NLIS eartag table  This table lists the printed external numbers alongside the corresponding  internal responder numbers  for the NLIS eartags they have bought     1  Enter calf identity numbers   transmitter input    7 8 3 p55   Turn dial to 6  an
217. spare part lists    Bedien  und Steuerungsteil  operating and control unit    41765  41765  g  ltig valid ab as of  25 06 2001  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0097 064 Platine Rechnerk f SA2 099 m Speicherk u  Progr Satz  circuit card   cpu SA2   memory   programme chip  7721 0091 192 Platine Rechnerk f SA2 099 o Speicherk o  Progr Satz  circuit card for cpu SA2  w o Programme chip  w o memory   7721 0040 333 Programmsatz f SA2   program set for Sa2   7721 0091 193 Platine Speicherkarte  SA2   circuit card for memory  SA2   7721 0040 182 Platine Tastaturkarte  SA2    board circuit card for keyboard  SA2    7721 0040 198 Display LCD SA2  2x20  123x23mm  display LCD SA2  2x20  123x23mm  7721 0041 398 Platine Steuerungsverteiler m Filter  SA2 ab 07 01   board control distributor with filter  SA2 as of 07 01   7721 0041 401 Platine Filterkarte SA  Elektrode  board filter card SA electrode  7721 0091 416 Schnittstellenkarte RS232 mit Zubeh  r  RS232 interface card with accessory  7721 0091 417 Schnittstellenkarte RS422 mit Zubeh  r  RS422 Interface card with accessory  7721 0060 182 Drehschalter mit Anschlusskabel  SA   rotary switch with cable for SA  7721 0090 020 Drehschalterknopf  switch button  7721 0041 406 Kabelbaum Bedienteil SA2 PLUS ab 26 2001  cable form operating unit SA2 PL
218. ss ENTER  Enter the quantity dispensed and weighed    ES during calibration                J    Press ENTER to confirm the input        h     gne       Carry out the same calibration routine for all other registered silos     Standard value for the calibration of concentrate  0    48    Setting the Heating    7 6 Setting the Heating    7 6 1    It is imperative to fill the heat exchanger with water before switching the heating on     Thermostat for minimum operating temperature and heating   The thermostat for minimum operating temperature prevents too cold milk or water from  being dispensed  If the temperature in the boiler falls below the set minimum water tempe     rature in the heat exchanger  the preparation of the milk will be interrupted until the mini   mum temperature is reached     If the minimum operating temperature is not attained  the dis    check temperature  play shows the following message     Factory settings   The minimum operating temperature is factory set between 38  C and 39  C  The minimum  operating temperature should always be set 3  C below the heating temperature  in order to    avoid overlaps in the control range     The heating temperature is factory  set between 42  C and 43  C     Adjusting the Thermostats      Turn the thermostat for minimum operating temperature  green  so far clockwise  until  both green marks coincide        O                 Turn the thermostat for boiler heating  red  so far clockwise  until both red marks  coincide     
219. ssioning the automatic feeder once again       When commissioning the feeder again  check whether there is enough water in the heat  exchanger       Proceed as for first commissioning       Fill up the boiler of the heat exchanger with water      You do not need to fill up the boiler regularly in case a few animals are fed with milk  containing a water share  If the animals only get milk  fill up the boiler of the heat  exchanger with water approx  every 3 months  Proceed as for start up  refer to  chapter 6 2  page 31     Installing the Automatic Feeder  Filling the Boiler of the Heat  Exchanger with Water         15 2 Service and Maintenance of the Concentrate Feeder    Carry out daily       Check the feed level of the concentrate feeder  Fill up the concentrate feeder  if  necessary     e Check whether there is remaining feed in the feed bowl and remove it  if necessary   e Keep the dosing flap clean and free from feed rests     e Check whether the LED of the feed contact lights up when the feed bowl is empty     Carry out regularly       Calibrate the concentrate regularly     e Check the calibration of the concentrate at least each time the concentrate is delivered or  crushed or rolled   Shutdown       Empty the concentrate feeder and remove feed rests     Place the concentrate feeder in a dry and clean location       For commissioning  proceed as for start up     Never spray the electrical parts with water     144    List Printing    16 List Printing    Warning list  V
220. t Vulkanfiber rot  washer 18 12 2mm graphitized  171 7721 0096 434 Druckminderer 1 2  1 5bar  pressure reducer 1 2   183 7121 0060 099 Verschraubung mit   berwurfmutter und Mutter  screw coupling with union nut and nut  189 7721 0060 161 Dichtung 27 0x21x2mm graphitiert  washer 27 21 2mm graphitized  201 7721 0080 037 Schwimmertank kompl  mit KS Schwimmerventil und Deckel  float pot complete w  KS float valve and lid  207 7721 0096 249 Schwimmertank 355x190x155 kompl  mit Halterung    water tank compl   7721 0042 479 Sieb f  r Milchzulauf  Sieb f  r Milchzulauf    40813   01 02       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  8  spare part lists    Anschlussleitung  connecting line    40813  40813    Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Pos  Teile Nr  Bezeichnung  Item Part No   Description  009 7721 0090 411 Hauptschalter M221 20A    main switch M221 20A  oh Ook OK OK Ok Ok ok ok KK k k  oh OK Ok OK OK Ok ok ck  Anschlussleitung 400V TAS TA6   Hauptschalter u  EMV Schiene  connecting line 400V TAS with main switch and EMC rail    40955   02 02    114    AD pe E  pam ea ac ey f    Fasern mo       Pos     Item    003    006    015    018    021    024    030    057    060    069    075    077    078    079    080    081    090    093    102    103    105    108    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  9  spare part lists    W  rmetauscher 5  heat e
221. t by the water jet     Check the water supply to the automatic feeder     Just turn the program switch away from    Feeding Mode    and then back to    Feeding Mode      The automatic feeder continues to operate in feeding mode     17 8 Power Failures   Backups   Water and Milk Checks    Keyboard  D          M    SCH       ig       X          M    Rat       EN    GR    Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 23 and press ENTER to confirm the input  In this menu  23  power failure  gt   you can view the number of reboots of the automatic feeder since 17 07 03 2   e g  after power failure   The displayed date is the date of last   deletion     Press    O C    to set the number of power failures to 0 and to  update the date     Go to the next screen  The display shows the number of 234 silo 1 amp 2  gt   power failures for the concentrate feeders 1 and 2  mains interr   0  Move to the next screen  The display shows the number of 234 silo 3 amp 4  gt   power failures for the concentrate feeders 3 and 4  mains interr   0    Go to the next screen  After a data error has been detected in  23  restore  memory  the computer can fall back on an internal backup  ainese 17 07 02    Each backup is counted     Press    O C    to set the backups to 0 and to update the date     If backups occur regularly  search for the cause of the error     Go to the next screen  The display shows the number of water  234water check up  gt   checks that have been carried out since the indicated 
222. t dosing pump that has been previously selected in detergent 0 g L    Setup  the display will show       Enter the detergent amount and press ENTER to confirm the clean HE  k ES input  detergent 10 g L    Pre cleaning    The automatic feeder starts checking automatically whether test sensor  the short electrode is permanently earthed  please wait          The cleaning process is interrupted as soon as a fault message   is displayed  See chapter    Alarms        If the short electrode is not earthed  the automatic feeder will  solenoid valves  start checking whether the electrodes and the solenoid valves  are being checked    are tight     For that  the cleaning valve HE as well as the milk solenoid valve close automatically  The  milk pump starts running simultaneously  The cleaning process is interrupted as soon as a  fault message is displayed  See chapter    Alarms        In order to be sure that there is no milk left in the coil of the heat exchanger   anymore  800 ml of water are delivered automatically into the coil and pumped out via the  mixer outlet valve  Then  the mixer is rinsed by a 500 ml water portion that is subsequently  drained off  The coil is rinsed for 5 seconds by 800 ml of water  i e  the water in the mixer  jar circulates to the coil and is pumped out immediately afterwards  Now 1 liter of water is    Annex D    delivered once again into the mixer jar via the coil and is drained off again via the mixer  outlet valve  Finally the mixer jar is rinsed by 
223. t exchanger  mixer  suction hoses  remaining portions  detergent  and compressed air cleaning     Select the type and frequency of the cleaning process in accordance with the composition  and the germ content of the milk that has to be fed     You can activate the keys 1 and 2  feeding station 1 2   the mixer outlet valve  key 5  as  well as the feeding pump even in program switch position 2   rinsing  but only if no clea   ning process is running  The water in the mixer jar is then drained off by means of the fee   ding pump either via the suction line or the mixer outlet valve     If the automatic feeder is equipped with a detergent dosing pump  you have to select it in     Setup     In this case  the detergent is added automatically to all cleaning processes  except  for    HE with sponge         14 1 HE with Sponge    Rinsing    Clean the heat exchanger regularly in order to remove potential milk deposits inside the  stainless steel coil    The cleaning sponge is used as a mechanical cleaning aid     Insert the cleaning sponge into the milk supplying pipe via the easily accessible quick cou   pling  The cleaning sponge is then pressed through the heat exchanger by the water  After    the cleaning process has been completed  remove the cleaning sponge from the mixer jar     In case the cleaning sponge pushes forward dirt or deposits  repeat the cleaning process at  regular intervals     If you soak the sponge with a cleansing agent  you have to rinse by means of clear wate
224. t gain  LWG 500 g day    If no reliable animal weight has been ascertained  the display  12A weight 50 kg   gt   will show  LWG 500 g day      Press ENTER and  if required  alter the animal weight and the  esi I  daily weight gain     SUN       Press ENTER to confirm the input     h     ee       Go to the next screen  The display shows the feeding days 12A  days fed 12 3  oi  days since housing  and the housing date  You can only enter  reg  date 11 07 03  or alter the animal number        M       Go to the next screen  The correction days allow you to shift  12A corr   0 days  gt   oi each animal to any point of the corresponding curve  expires in 43 days    b        Press ENTER  Enter the desired correction days        y    ES Ma       5       D       Animal Data and Info 121    Press ENTER to confirm the input     Positive numbers  Enter positive numbers to    make the animals older    and shift them to  the right of the feeding curve     Negative numbers  Enter negative numbers to    make the animals younger    and shift them  to the left of the feeding curve  You cannot set an animal at a point preceding the start of the  curve  i e  if the negative number exceeds the number of feeding days  the input will not be  accepted     End of the feeding plan  The days until the end of the feeding plan are always updated   Therefore  the setting changes after the correction days have been keyed in  After the end of  the plan has been attained  the milk is no longer dispensed  unl
225. te     12 2 2 C1 and C2    E  E       12A dr speed L min  yest  103  1 39  gt     This submenu contains all information on concentrate type 1 and 2     Select submenu   C1   C2        Move to the next screen  The first line indicates the available  C1  and C2 quantity  The second line shows in brackets the  day quantity of concentrate and the concentrate amount ac   tually consumed     Move to the next screen  The first line shows yesterday s day  quantity of concentrate  The second line shows the concen   trate amount actually consumed as a percentage and in kilo   grams     12 2 3 Animal Verification C1       Ro  Bo    Ba                      SR    N    Pr    animal verific   gt   C1   C2    5B  avail  0 23  gt    0 50  consu 0 09kg    5B    yest  0 50  gt   consu  90   0 45kg    This submenu contains information on consumption  deviation from average consumption    and on dosing quantity for concentrate type 1     Select submenu    C1        Go to the next screen  The first line shows the available quan   tity of C1  The second line indicates in brackets the day quan   tity and the real consumption in kg     Go to the next screen  The first line indicates yesterday s day  quantity  The second line shows yesterday s real consumption  as a percentage and in kilograms     Move to the next screen  The second line displays the quantity  consumed today by the animal compared with its average in  kilograms and as a percentage     Go to the next screen  The second line indicates t
226. te     The error message indicates e g  that 2 idlings of the shaft oc   ilol l4 07 03  curred in silo 1  The first line shows the date of last deletion idling shaft  2  of this error message    Potential corrective action     e Check whether the dosing flap is easily moving       Change position of the adjustable plate with reed switch     p    Alarms 113      Check feed for bridging     Press    C    to delete the message  The date is then updated au   tomatically     13 1 5 Mixer Outlet    3 Alarms    m  Gams       If during automatic mixer cleaning  heat exchanger cleaning or automatic calibration  the  water in the mixer jar is not drained off within 2 minutes  the long electrode is not free   an  alarm for mixer outlet will be triggered     The display shows  machine alarms  See alarms    Turn the program switch to 3   alarms  messages    gt     mach  alarm  1    Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  al  mixer outlet  to delete press 0 C    Potential corrective action        Empty the mixer jar  if necessary     Check the mixer outlet valve and clean it  if necessary       Check whether the feeding pump intakes some liquid     Press    O C    to delete the error message after the mixer jar has  been emptied     13 1 6 Remaining Detergent    pp    If during the cleaning processes with detergent  in case the automatic feeder is equipped  with a detergent pump that has been previously activated in Setup  power failure occurs be   fore the remaining detergent could 
227. te Heating Circuits 15    1 7 Heat Exchanger with Separate Heating Circuits for Milk and Water                  ira   c    Mixer jar to mix up   ott    the feed components MU ES  Stop valve      Sucking station for                    S      milk distribution v 7  Mixer outlet valve                                       Heat exchanger with  stainless steel coil                          Milk pump to deliver IK  QN        3     xg di Ly    Hose connection to water line  and dose the milk prd A              X                     Hose connection to milk tank       1 8 Accessories  not illustrated     You will find a more detailed description of the accessories in chapter 19  page 151     Ac   cessories        e 2 Group Valve Unit  e Additive dispenser for powder or liquid additives    Electrical vapour screen for milk powder or additive powder outlet      Fully automatic heat exchanger cleaning for Combi or Fresh milk feeder consisting of     circulation valve for cleaning cycle    detergent dosing pump      Detergent dosing pump      Fly protection door    16    Manual Feeding Pump    1 9 Manual Feeding Pump    Thanks to the manual feeding pump calves may get easily accustomed to the teat  The fee   ding pump is located between mixer exit and feeding station  You can activate it by pushing  a button at the lower side of the chassis or at the feeding station  The milk is then delivered  directly from the mixer to the teat and into the mouth of the calf     You can also use the fee
228. te consumption  You can enter the maximum quantity into key   board menu 15   Quantity Limits     Milk or concentrate consumption is automatically set back to 0 as soon as you delete it  The  animals are entitled to one milk portion according to drinking time     Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard   O  n ES Enter 90 and press ENTER to confirm the input  902 delete  gt   M e feeding d  pea ESI Select submenu    Feeding    or    Concentrate     902 delete  gt   Y concentrate  8 5 1 Delete Feed Delay  E Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  90  feed delay A   gt   ER delete no E    p  ps Select the group  904 feed delay A   gt   Y delete no 2  Ka be Select    yes     Press ENTER to confirm the input  90  feed delay A   gt   xl  ES delete yes i     Fa Go to the next screen  2A  feed delay  gt   Rat delete no d    E ps Select the animal  3A  feed delay E  Y delete no ii  Ez ES Select    yes     Press ENTER to confirm the input  3A  feed delay EN  xl  ES delete yes s    70 Feed Delay Delete Consumption    8 5 2 Delete Consumption for the Entire Group    Fa Go to the next screen  3A consum group A gt   oi delete no p    ES ES Select the group  3A consum group A   Y delete no i    b  Select    yes     Press ENTER to confirm the input  3A consum group A   xl  ES delete yes 2    8 5 3 Delete Consumption for Individual Animals    pa Move to the next screen  3A consum animal  gt   eu delete no       p ES Select the animal  2A consum animal  gt   Y delete no ji  pa E 
229. te messages    C  Go to the next screen    ag    adi Expire date messages relating to the feeding plan are displayed every day until the animal is   cancelled     The following expire date messages may appear     End of the feeding plan  After the duration of the feeding plan  23A  feeding   has lapsed  the animals will not get milk anymore  The expire  date messages can be deleted for one day only  They reappear   the next day until the animal is cancelled     End of the concentration plan  After the duration of the con  23A  concentration  centration plan has lapsed  the animals will be fed according  expiry date reached  to the last concentration value     End of the concentrate plan  After the duration of the concen   23A  c1  trate plan has lapsed  the animals will get the concentrate expiry date reached  amount according to the last set value  After deletion  the ex     pire date message will be displayed again the next day until  the animal is cancelled     End of the medicine prescription plan  After the duration of 11A  X1  the medicine prescription plan has lapsed  the animals will not  expiry date reached    get additive anymore     End of the electrolyte plan  After the duration of the electro  11A  EL  lyte plan has lapsed  the animals will not get electrolyte drin   expiry date reached    king anymore     Alarms    End of addition reduction     The animal is fed according to the feeding plan     The animal is fed according to the concentration plan     The anima
230. ter     Enter the number of correction days  amp  confirm with  enter      WestfaliaSurge   Stand Alone Calf Feeder    To Delete a Calf from the Keypad    A  Calf Feeders with Program Chip version 01 00  amp  later       Activate the  Cancel Animal Delete Transm    function in the  Setup  menu     Turn Dial to 10  keyboard   Press 5 then  enter   This is the  setup  screen   Down arrow through the options to  Cancel animal delete transm     Right arrow into this submenu  amp  set  yes  in the display   Confirm with    enter        Once this has been activated  removing a calf is simple     Turn Dial to 6  Animal Data  amp  Info   Down arrow to    Cancel Registrat     Right arrow into this submenu  amp  select the calf to cancel     B  Earlier Program Chip versions    Early program versions were created for European markets where the electronic responder is  removed from the calf being weaned  amp  put onto a new calf that is about to start on the Calf  Feeder  Australian NLIS eartags are    whole of life eartags    they should not be removed from  one calf  amp  put onto another  So Australian farmers need to clear both the  internal responder  no   transmitter no    amp   calf number  from the keypad for each calf at weaning from the calf  feeder       Turn Dial to 6  animal data  amp  info     Down arrow to  transmitter input  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu    Display reads    animal no  xxx  transm no  xxxxxxxx      Use the up or down arrow to find the calf y
231. that follow  filling in data as  required     for the electrolyte  EL     Make out the prescription  turn dial to 9  additives   Display reads  medicine   distribute      down arrow to  electrolyte   prescr make out    right arrow into this submenu  Display reads  electrolyte for x days x g L    set the number of days for electrolyte treatment  amp  the mixing rate of the electrolyte  in g  per litre of water  then confirm with  enter     Press right arrow  amp  screen reads  per visit x xL with milk    enter the amount of electrolytes to be offered at each visit  then either select  with milk   or down arrow to  x days without milk      If you select  with milk   the calf will continue to receive it s normal daily milk allowances   plus be offered electrolytes between milk feeds  after a 2 hour  block     If you select  x days without milk   then for  x  days  range is O 9 days  the calf will be fed  only electrolytes whenever it visits a drink station  It will not get any milk on these days     if you have selected  with milk   if daily milk allowance is 4L day  amp  minimum milk drink is  set at 1 2L   calf accumulates milk entitlement at 200ml hr  amp  takes 6 hrs to accumulate the minimum   milk drink of 1 2L    if the calf presents to a drinking station before it has accumulated the minimum milk drink  of 1 2L  it gets a dose of electrolytes  The machine then blocks it from drinking milk for  the next 2 hrs    when the 2hr block expires  if it has accumulated right to t
232. the Elec    trolyte        The display shows whether the milk in the mixer jar should 123A blocked   be blocked or not because the identified animal is in waiting  time after having consumed electrolyte  See chapter 11 4    page 101     Distributing the Electrolyte        SQ    Animal Verification 10    12 2 Animal Verification    Menu    Animal Verification    in switch position 4 contains all information about animals     feeding behaviour  the concentrate feeder and the animal scales  While menu    Alarms    in  switch position 3 only displays the warning animals  menu    Verification    in switch position  4 shows all check functions for all animals     Menu    Animal Verification    contains the following submenus     Feeding behaviour     C1and C2     C1     C2     Visits     Animal scales     Number of animals    12 2 1 Feeding Behaviour    pp    Feed delay    u    GH    M    eu       X    GH    pe             Submenu    Feeding Behaviour    displays the values concerning today s and yesterday s feed  entitlement  the breaks and the feeding speed  You will find more detailed information on     Breaks    and    Feeding Speed    in chapter 13 ff  page 111 ff     Alarms        Select submenu    Feeding behaviour     Calves with right  gt     feeding behaviour      Go to the next screen  The upper line shows release time of Dart  14 25 1 5L 5  the milk and the current feed entitlement  The lower line 1 5 5  consu  2 0L  shows in which feeding station the animal has been id
233. the Responder numbers  the animal numbers become available for animal  marking  Available animal numbers are marked with an    a    next to the number     Once you register the animals  these numbers are not available anymore until you cancel    them  The registered animal numbers are marked with a large group letter next to the animal  number  A  B  C  D      Animal number 12 has not been assigned to a Responder number     Animal number 12 has been assigned to a Responder number   Animal number 12 is available     Animal number 12 has been registered in group A        52 Animal Identification    7 8 2 Check Connection between Calfscan and Stand Alone    If the micro identification    Calfscan    is connected correctly  in switch position 1   feeding    mode the display will show the symbol   in the second line of the screen  as soon as an an   imal is identified  No symbol will be displayed if no animal is identified     7 8 3 Automatic Reading of the Responder Numbers and Antenna Test    The Responder numbers can be read automatically or keyed in  Automatic Responder num   ber reading facilitates start up of the automatic feeder as it requires less time than manual  input  In this way you can avoid misentries     p Turn the program switch to 6 2 animal data and Info  animal data  amp Info  gt      weight  days fed      Animal Data   amp  Info    ES Select submenu    Transmitter Input     animal data   Info  gt   Y transmitter input    Press Arrow Right to go to the next scr
234. the utilized transmission speed  19200 baud   yes    38    Setup    Press ENTER to confirm the input  53 baud rate  19200 baud   yes    Standard value for baud rate  19200 baud    Set the transmission speed at the Master station of the concentrate feeders by means of the  DIP switches     The value entered into the Stand Alone feeder must correspond with the setting of the DIP  switches at the concentrate feeder          Switch 1  Baud Switch   Switch 2  v             N       ON    19200 ON ON OFF       ON    9600 ON  OFF OFF          ON                                     2400 OFF   ON OFF  ON  1200 OFF  OFF OFF  Master Control  section   7 3 3 Selecting the Printing Function  Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Printing     5  setup    pmp  p  pp  pP  prm    pp    printing      Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5  print list EX  auto print no    Select    yes     in case the verification list should be printed 5  print list    automatically at midnight  Press ENTER to confirm the input   auto print yes    Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  5  switch ES  pr channel 0  no    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the printer channel  54 switch  gt   for the serial multiplexer  0 8   pr channel 1  yes  Enter    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  5  switch  gt     pr channel 1  yes    An input is required only in case one or more Stand Alone feeders that are equipped with  the PC program    Kalb Manager    are connected to a printer via
235. tion               99  Milk Functions                    3 Total Consumption           22  Accustoming Aid                4 Power Failures                 23  HAS 5 Scales AA 25  Feeding Plan                    10 Concentrate 1 Plan          40  Concentration Plan           11 Concentrate 2 Plan          41  Quantity Limits                 15 Quantity Limits                 42  Entitlement Intervals        16  Entitlement Intervals        44    Keyboard  D    e    Wean by Concentrate      45  Connection Test               49    Turn the program switch to position 10  The display shows  keyboard  input     Enter the number of the desired menu  The number of the se   lected keyboard menu appears at the upper left of the screen     5  setup  gt   concentrate     Double Function Keys    Double function keys have two functions  The second function always appears at the lower   right of the white key area  Depending on the menu  either the first or the second function   will be active     The following section is intended to describe the second functions        C    is the deletion key  It is intended to delete e g  the alarm animals     The animal symbol on key 1 is assigned to box valve 1     The animal symbol on key 2 is assigned to box valve 2     Arrow Down    W    is used to scroll through the different submenus        The bucket symbol is assigned to the mixer outlet valve     N Sw OW OW OW    Operation and Operating Elements 27    If you activate the feeding pump simultaneo
236. tions have been dispensed into a separate con   extra portion finish   tainer  e g  a bucket   after dispense of the last portion the dis  continue with 0 C  play will show     To dispense any further milk portion  enter the desired output quantity and concentration  and repress    Start     If no further entries are made  the machine will start operating in fee   ding mode after a few seconds     In case of large output quantities   gt  1 5 L  and rapid extraction of the portions  the mini   mum operating temperature ensures that the preparation of the milk portions is interrupted  as soon as the boiler has restored the temperature     The extraction speed of the milk portions is also related to the input temperature of the wa   ter  distinction between summer and winter time      8 4 2 The Long Electrode is Covered    Feeding Mode    Q    A milk portion can also be dispensed when the long electrode is covered     Turn the program switch to position    Feeding Mode        Press Arrow Left  release rest portion  box       Enter the box  The remaining portion will be released     After the long electrode is free  proceed as described in chapter 8 4 1  page 67           Feed Delay Delete Consumption 6    8 5 Feed Delay Delete Consumption    You can delete feed delay as well as milk and concentrate consumption for each individual  animal and for each group     If an animal has already claimed the maximum milk quantity  feed delay will prevent it from  excessive milk or concentra
237. to another group  13 5 4 p126     Turn dial to 6  animal data  amp  info     Down arrow to  change registrat  submenu    Right arrow to enter this submenu    Display reads   calf no  change into A     Select calf number  amp  confirm with  enter     Then select desired   new group  amp  confirm with  enter      Keyboard display messages    1  Basic messages  a  When the drink boxes are empty  the display tells you         current operating mode    the number of calves with drink warnings    the number of calves that have finished their feeding plan   exp    expired   eg   MP mode dr warn  3 exp  1   This means   the machine is in powdered milk only mode    3 calves have a current drink warning    1 calf has finished it s feedplan  expired     b  When there is a calf in a drink box  the display tells you       the calf s number  amp  group    the calf s current drinking right  eg  123 A feeding 1 5L   This means    calf no 123  in group A    currently has 1 5L drinking right    c  If the calf has a drinking right that exceeds the maximum drink size  the display will say   limit feeding    amp  give the total drinking right   eg   123 Alimit feeding 2 5L     d  If the calf doesn t have a drinking right at the moment  the display says  feeding blocked   eg   123 Afeeding blocked     2  Drinking Alarms  The calf feeder keyboard gives 3 drinking alarms    1  low milk consumption     alarm is triggered when a calf has consumed    80  of it s current drinking right  2  slow drinking
238. to change this number accordingly     Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard   T    fe     7 Enter 1 and press ENTER to confirm the input       E    Ka Go to the second screen  The display shows the abbreviation 1  station No   1  Rat    ME    in the second line  KY2 099 MEIVUS 0 16    Press ENTER  Enter the station number  figure between 1 and  est le 25         Press ENTER to confirm the input        y    este        Standard value  1   Version  The display shows the designation of the program version in the second line   Meaning of the characters    KY2   Combi with double priority control   099   max  99 animals or collars can be managed    ME   Mikroerkennung   Micro Identification  IV   Intervall   Interval Feeding Time System  US   English Language   0 16   Version number       Ke    Restricted Ad Libitum Mode 8    9 8 Restricted Ad Libitum Mode    By standard the automatic feeder operates in the restricted mode  Yet you can also commute  to the ad libitum mode     Restricted In the restricted mode the automatic feeder operates with animal identification  i e  the an   imals are fed individually and in a restricted way and all data are recorded per animal     Ad Libitum In the ad libitum mode the automatic feeder operates without animal identification  In fee   ding mode  a new portion is prepared each time the electrode in the mixer jar is free  If the  automatic feeder is equipped with two feeding stations  both box valves are open  The con   centrate feed
239. ton  7721 0060 182 Drehschalter mit Anschlusskabel  SA   rotary switch with cable for SA  7721 0040 182 Platine Tastaturkarte  SA2    board circuit card for keyboard  SA2    7721 0091 248 Kabelbaum Bedienteil TAK SA2 A  cable harness operating unit TAK SA2 A  7721 0091 249 Kabelbaum Bedienteil TAP SA2 A  cable harness operating unit TAP SA2 A  7721 0040 198 Display LCD SA2  2x20  123x23mm  display LCD SA2  2x20  123x23mm  7721 0097 064 Platine Rechnerk f SA2 099 m Speicherk u  Progr Satz  circuit card   cpu SA2   memory   programme chip  7721 0091 193 Platine Speicherkarte  SA2   circuit card for memory  SA2   7721 0091 417 Schnittstellenkarte RS422 mit Zubeh  r  RS422 Interface card with accessory  7721 0091 416 Schnittstellenkarte RS232 mit Zubeh  r  RS232 interface card with accessory  7721 0071 412 Flachbandkabel Bedienteil SA  FE  flat strip cable  operating device   7721 0041 398 Platine Steuerungsverteiler m Filter  SA2 ab 07 01   board control distributor with filter  SA2 as of 07 01   7721 0060 206 Steckdose f  r Antenne SA ME mit Dr  hten  antenna socket for SA  7721 0071 428 Buchse 3mm BU 3400 gr  n mit Isolierring und Mutter  socket 3mm BU 3400 green with insulating ferrule and nut  7721 0070 480 Buchse Amm BU 44008 schwarz Isolierring u  2 Muttern  socket  4mm BU 44008 black  insulating ring and 2 nuts  7721 0098 546 Entst  rsatz f  r Elektrode Pulver MTB  screening for electrode Powder MTB  7721 0060 093 Elektrode SA SA2 PLUS  FE Baby Milk   1700 mit Stecker  se
240. transmitter input  120  weight days fed  120  animal identification  51    animal scales  carry out weighing  149  select in Setup  39  taring animal scales  149  testing connection  149    animals per sucking station  18   antenna test  52   antenna Squelch  21  37  53   automatic heat exchanger cleaning  154    automatic registration  57    B    baud rate  set  37  break  115    C    Calfscan  21  connection to Stand Alone  52  micro  identification  53    calibrating  additives  46  concentrate  47  MP  45  water  45    cancel animal registration  123  carry over  64  82   change registration of animals  124  check routine  carry out  142    circulation pump  deaerate  32  dry running protection  32    cleaning  127  automatic mixer cleaning  time controlled   132  calling up automatic mixer cleaning manually  133  cleaning settings  134  cleaning settings compressed air cleaning  138  cleaning settings detergent  138  cleaning settings heat exchanger  134    158    cleaning settings mixer  135   cleaning settings remaining portion  137  cleaning settings suction hose  136  compressed air cleaning  134   HE with sponge  127   heat exchanger  128   heat exchanger with suction hoses  130  mixer  132    compressed air cleaning  134  activate in Setup  43    concentrate  calibrate  47    concentrate alarms  117  3 day warning  117  warning today  117  warning yesterday  117    concentrate distribution  ad libitum  66  restricted  66    concentrate feeder  24  connection test  
241. tribute electrolyte to an  animal     102     p     p    Additives    If you select    yes     here you can enter the maximum quantity  that is available for each individual animal each time it visits   the feeding station  max  9 5 L   Press ENTER to confirm the  input     If  for a certain period of time  you want to feed only electro   lyte solution  change the default setting    with milk    into    x  days without milk     Then  enter the number of days and press  ENTER to confirm the input     The following display appears  ex       Here you can decrease the feed amount  In addition  you can  enter the duration of this reduction     You can also decrease the feed amount per group     If a reduction supplement  deviations  is already active for an  animal of the selected group  in the second line you can enter  whether it should be maintained or whether this animal  should get the same reduction like the rest of the group     5B  per visit 9 5L  with milk     per visit 2 5L  3 days without milk    5B  dr   6 0L  for 3 days  0 5L    gr  A dr    50       delete  no    The menu succession for group distribution is identical to the one for individual distribu   tion  For menu succession relating to electrolyte prophylaxis  refer to chapter 11 1  page    95     Making out Medicine Prescriptions        In case electrolyte distribution to an individual animal or to a group should be completed   later on  you have to set distribution back to    no     Whereas  if in menu    Maki
242. tup  gt   Y test     interface test     E Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  interface  ch test 1  chann  no  E ES Use Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select channel 1 5  interface  test 1  chann  no       ps ee Enter    yes    and press ENTER to confirm the input  ROS  x gue test 1    chann  yes    7 3 6 Registering and Cancelling the Feeding Stations    In this menu you can register and cancel feeding stations and enter the draining time  time  between release of the electrode at the final portion and closing of the corresponding box  valve  for each station     E ES Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select menu    Boxes     5  setup  gt   Y boxes     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  5  box no  1     e D  S   available   yes          p Select feeding station 1 or 2  5  box no  1     available   yes     za I Enter    no    to cancel the feeding station and press ENTER to  54 box no     x a confim the input  available   no    A     ech    Setup 4    Enter    yes    to register the feeding station and press ENTER 5  box no  1   to confirm the input  available   yes    The feeding stations 1 and 2 are registered as a standard  yes      If the milk is delivered over a long distance  it is useful to prolong draining time  This ensu   res that the mixer jar is entirely emptied after the last portion has been consumed              Ka Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  5  draining time  SR box 1   16 sec    pa ES Select feeding station 1 or 2  5  draining time
243. u can enter the corresponding quantity     14 5 3 Cleaning Settings Suction Hose    Rinsing    fe    d     Pr     p                   cleaning  settings     cleaning settings 3  heat exchanger     cleaning settings 3    mixer     cleaning mixer  automatically    cleaning mixer     gt   yes         automatically no    cleaning mixer  1 time   day    cleaning mixer    3 times   day    mixer  cl  water     0    ml    In menu   Cleaning Settings  Suction Hose    you can activate suction hose cleaning for those  animals of a certain group and as of a certain age  weeks after housing   After an animal has  drunk the last available portion  a 0 25 liter water portion is delivered into the mixer jar after  draining time has lapsed  Usually an animal stays a little bit longer in the feeding station   suckling at the teat and facilitating in this way suction hose cleaning     Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu       Settings        Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu    Suction  Hose        Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen     cleaning    HE with sponge     cleaning  settings     cleaning settings 3  heat exchanger     cleaning settings 3    suction hose     clean hose pipe    group A     E  yes    N    Cleaning 13    pa  p Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the group for which  clean hose pipe  gt   Y    the suction hose should be cleaned  group B  yes  ES E
244. uctural group     Pos  Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Item Part No   Description  132 7721 0090 687 Ventilteil   O Ring 18x1 5  valve component   o ring  138 7721 0090 311 Ventilteil   Plunger mit Teller f  r Magnetventil  8 5  230V  tappet for solenoid valve 280 8 5 M G 12F NCS42 230V  147 7721 0040 780 Ventilteil   Teileset Ventil 8 5   ohne Magnetteil    valve component   set valve 8 5   without solenoid component    41325   09 02       e    AA N rn DEZ       Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  6  spare part lists    Milch Wasserversorgung TAK5 6  milk water inlet    41325  41325  g  ltig valid ab as of  01 06 2001  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Pos  Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Item Part No   Description  006 7721 0070 567 Schlauchschelle 1 2  12 20 Zebra  hose band clip 1 2   12 20 Zebra  009 7721 0090 079 Dichtung GDM 3 17  seal GDM 3 17  012 7121 0040 356 Magnetventil 230V 50Hz 4 0 mit T  lle und 3 4    berw   solenoid valve 230V 50Hz 4 0 with nozzle and 3 4  union nut  015 7721 0080 059 Dichtung 24 0x17x2mm graphitiert  washer 24 17 2 mm graphitized  018 7121 0041 334 Magnetventil 230V 50Hz 4 0 mit IG3 8  und 3 4    berw   solenoid valve 230V 50Hz 4 0 with IG3 8  and 3 4  union nut  021 7721 0080 009 Manometer   Anschluss hinten  manometer  024 7721 0041 333 Druckminderer o  Manometer mit Anschlussst  ck  pressure reducer or manometer w
245. ummer  7163 9983 010 40605  40605    Part No     Pos     Item    003    006    009    024    039    045      7163 9983 010  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0040 463 Dosierpumpe DSP 230V mit Halteblech  dosing pump DSP 230V with holding plate  7721 0041 350 Schlauch 4 8x1 6mm PS 140Ph L  nge  14cm Fl  ssigdosierer DSP  hose 4 8x1 6mm PS 140Ph length  14cm additive dispenser DSP  7721 0041 411 Schlauchhalter mit   berlauf f  r Fl  ssigdosierer  hose coupling support with overflow f  liquid additive doser  7721 0099 044 Flasche 1 51 Weithals mit Schraubverschluss  bottle 1 51 wide necked with screw fastening  7721 0040 255 Kabel Sp  lmittelpumpe SA2 Plus  cable for detergent pump SA2 Plus  77210040 880 Kabel Sp  lmittelpumpe SM2  cable for detergent pump SM2    Pos   Item    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  20  spare part lists    Zubeh  r   Beipack TAK VDW 5 6 Profi  included accessories for TAK VDW 5 6 Profi     41891  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0070 567 Schlauchschelle 1 2  12 20 Zebra  hose band clip 1 2   12 20 Zebra  7721 0010 212 Dichtungssatz f  r Tr  nkeautomaten  set of sea
246. undgestell 5 SA2 TAK  Grundgestell 5 SA2 TAK  Leistungsteil  power unit  W  rmetauscher 5  heat exchanger  Bedien  und Steuerungsteil  operating and control unit  Bedien  und Steuerungsteil   ab  25 06 01  operating and control unit   as of  25 06 01  Anschlussleitung  connecting line  Absperrventil Sp  lventil manuelle Antr  nkp  TAS mit Druckt   stop valve circ valve manual feeding pump TAS w push button  7163 9983 010 Sp  lmitteldosierpumpe TAS TA6  detergent dosing pump SA2  SM2   Zubeh  r   Beipack TAK VDW 5 6 Profi  included accessories for TAK VDW 5 6 Profi    40320   04 01       Pos     Item    003    006    007    008    009    018    027    030    033    036    060    068    069    081    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  3  spare part lists    Pulverf  rderung  powder supply 3 5 230V    40320  40320  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0030 070 Pulverbeh  lterdeckel D 500mm   powder hopper lid D 500mm  7721 0071 805 Trichteraufsatz H 250 D 500 VA kompl    hopper extension assembly 25cm stainless steel  7721 0030 043 Trichteraufsatz H 250 D 500 verzinkt kompl    hopper extension assembly 25cm galvanised  7163 2527 030 Trichteraufsatz H 400 D 500 VA kompl    Powder hopper top section H 400 D 500 stainless steel compl   7721 0020 007 R  hrfl  gel mit Feder 235mm   bis  18 10 
247. ung kompl   sliding ring seal assembly  7721 0060 014 Quirl f  r Intensivmixer  D 58mm   twirling disc for intensive mixer  7721 0071 010 Schlaucht  lle 1 4  GES 10 R  hose pipe nozzle 1 4  GES 10 R  7721 0080 017 Schlaucht  lle 1 4  GES SR  hose pipe nozzle 1 4  GES 8 R    Kok OK OK Ok ck ok ok ch ck Ok OK OK k k  K OK Ok OK OK Ok ok ok    7721 0040 642 Intensivmixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 Tiillen TAS SA  intensive mixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 nozzles TAS SA  7721 0040 643 Intensivmixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 Tiillen heizb  42V24VA TAS SA  intensive mixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 nozzles heat 42V24VA TAS SA  7721 0098 008 Intensivmixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 Tiillen heizbar 42V 24VA  intensive mixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 nozzle  heating  7721 0096 501 Intensivmixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 Tiillen  intensive mixer 230V 50 60Hz 1 2 nozzle  7721 0097 721 Intensivmixer 230V 50 60Hz 2 Tiillen 8R  Intensive mixer 230V 50 60HZ 2 bushes    98453   01 00       Pos     Item    003    006    012    015    016    018    024    027    030    031    036    039    042    051    054    057    060    069    072    075    078    081    084    Ersatzteilliste 10 02 03 Page Blatt  12  spare part lists    Bedien  und Steuerungsteil  operating and control unit    98453  40436  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0090 020 Drehschalterknopf  switch but
248. usly  the liquid in the mixer jar will be pumped  off via the box valves and the feeding stations or the mixer outlet valve      Escape  brings you back  step by step  to the menu     h     est       ES  Extra  is used to dispense an extra portion     e a          Fa  Right  informs you about the feed entitlement of each individual animal   Ca       The below mentioned keys have the following additional functions     ppp    The valves are either open until you close them by pressing the corresponding keys or they  close automatically as soon as you turn the switch into another position                 Toggle keys     Toggle keys reverse their function as soon as you press them  The display shows the func   tion that is currently active     Yes    turns into    no             into          The memory is open or clo   sed     Horizontal arrow keys     If the memory is closed  the cursor does not flash   press Arrow Right to move to the next  screen and Arrow Left to return to the previous screen     The little arrow at the lower right of the screen shows you that  another screen is going to follow  ES    Vertical arrow keys     pp    If the memory is closed  press the vertical arrow keys to view the available menus provided  that you have previously selected the switch or keyboard menu     These arrow keys are active when the display shows Arrow  Up A S    Arrow Up A next to the animal number indicates that you can select the one higher or the  one lower animal number  The same
249. ut Medicine Prescriptions      95  11 2 Making Out the Electrolyte Prescription      98  11 3 Distributing the Medicine      99  11 4 Distributing the Electrolyte ena rie dE E E OE PE EE IH 101  11 5 Blocking the Remaining Portion with Additive      102  11 6  Additives Info  xis 2222 28 een ne rei euet Mena 103  12 Check Functions aia ae 105  12 1 Switch Position    Feeding Mode                    ssssssesseee een nennen 105  12 2 Animal Verification    2 494 6 cesta eigen IER rare 107  T221 e Dale NEE TEE 107  122 2  O T and  G2  5 cosecr per Bianka 108  12 2 3 Animal Verification CC      108  12 2 4 Animal Verification C2 2 0 0    nennen een een 109  CR e EE 109  12 2 6  Animal SCales vectra Rog ae an ae Re RIF 109  12 2 7 Number of Animals      110  ERES    eem 111  13 1   Machirie Alarms  nece DPI ERA Du ee 111  13 1 1 Connection Error concerning Animal Scales or Concentrate Feeder                111  13 1 2 Checking the Calibration Values for Concentrate             000  c cece ees 112  13 1 3 The Shaft is Blocked              luuussesssssseeseseees nennen nn 112    13 1 4 Idling of the Shaft on the Concentrate Feeder      112    14    15    16  17    18    Table of contents    13 2135   Mer Outlet a oe eh LEM me hp oiu pest e t ttr pta 113  13 1 6 Remaining Detergent      113  13 2    Animal Alarms    ear ia ae eate AE RP re E CR Rr ee E s 114  13 2 1 Drinking Alarms      114  19 2 2    Bteak cei eenean EE ens rd repe du dl Ue Hoe Ale a ended 115  13 2 3  il lee Re WEE
250. ut this product  Then feel free to get  in touch with us  Before calling us  please write down  the information  machine type  machine number  on  the nameplate located at the left of the feeder chassis   as well as the program version  refer to chapter    Menu  1 99  Machine data         Our address    F  rster Technik GmbH   Gerwigstr  25    D 78234 Engen    Tel   49  0 7733 9406 0    Fax  49  0 7733 9406 99  Internet  www foerster technik de       Construction Parts Stand Alone Combi 11    1 5 Construction Parts Stand Alone Combi    Milk powder hopper  with top section       Control  Operating  unit with processor       Quick coupling for suction  hose cleaning  not illustra   ted        Push button for Main switch    ON OFF                   feeding pump  Nameplate   Milk  resp  water outlet  Dosing slide Quick coupling for sponge       cleaning of heat exchanger       Double electrode       Control  power unit       Thermostats and overheating  protection  integrated laterally        Mixer       Solenoid valves for water  and  milk supply  heat exchanger     Storage container for liquid h E  milk pump  integrated laterally     additives and detergent  deter   gent dosing pump  manual                feeding pump  box valves  Water supply  draining valve  integrated la   terally    Milk supply       Dimensions of the automatic feeder  height   approx  1260 mm  width   approx  720 mm   depth without additive dispenser   approx  570 mm  depth with additive dispenser    appro
251. ve to the next screen  Press ENTER  16 A feed  interv     yw 20 entitlem interv   d E Enter the number of entitlement intervals  Press ENTER to 164A feed  interv    I  gu confirm the input  32 entitlem interv     Potential input  at least 2 entitlement intervals and 40 at most        Standard value for all four groups  20 entitlement intervals     80 Entitlement Intervals    9 4 2 Concentrate Intervals    Keyboard Turn the program switch to 10   keyboard    0   e  7 ES Enter 44  Press ENTER to confirm the input  AA  My E for group A       31 Select the group  44  C intervals  Y for group B     E E Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  Press ENTER   444 B 1  fr  0 hrs  SR   S last till 20 hrs           gt  Enter duration of the concentrate intervals  After the last con   44  B 1  fr  0 hrs  ES K centrate interval has lapsed  the total concentrate amount will  1ast till 23 hrs  M be available as a remaining quantity  Press ENTER to confirm  the input     Potential input  6 p m  to 11 p m  Standard value  8 p m           Ka ES Move to the next screen  Press ENTER  44 A C intervals    ye 20 entitlem interv   1 Enter the number of entitlement intervals  442A C intervals  Ma AS Press ENTER to confirm the input  32 Selten Breser    Potential input  at least 2 entitlement intervals and 40 at most        Standard value for all four groups  20 entitlement intervals     Limited Quantities 81    9 5 Limited Quantities    The limited quantities control the assignment of milk and c
252. w  hay or other foreign material reduce the operational  reliability considerably     In case you should utilize cow milk and flaked milk  use a slow running stirring device with  intermittent action to avoid creaming of the milk  Continuously or fast running stirrers cause  buttering  Animals getting too fat milk may suffer from digestive trouble       Cool the milk or preserve it with formic acid  20   30 ml  concentration 10   per liter  milk   Do not feed the animals with milk starting to turn sour     34    Basic Inputs during Installation    7 Basic Inputs during Installation    7 1 Checking Date and Time    Keyboard  T          When installing the automatic feeder first of all you have to check and  if necessary  change  date and time in the keyboard menu    Machine Data     Time goes on  even after the machine  has been switched off     Turn program switch to 10   keyboard     Enter 1  Press ENTER to confirm the input  1  date 17 07 03  time  08 01 09    If necessary  press Enter to set date and time     Press ENTER again to confirm the input     After you have changed the date  turn the program switch to position    Feeding Mode    in  order to activate daily calculation  see chapter 8 6  page 71     Daily Calculation       7 2 New Installation    Keyboard       bo  e  RA          When installing the automatic feeder you have to carry out the function    All new    in keybo   ard menu   New installation    in order to be sure that the memory does not contain any  wro
253. w Up or Arrow Down to select submenu    Air clea   cleaning  gt   Y ning   air cleaning   Ka Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  Enter the number  air cleaning  et of the feeding station where compressed air cleaning should box 1  start          take place  Press Start     14 5 Cleaning Settings    Menu    Cleaning  Settings    contains all settings needed to carry out automatic heat exchan   ger   mixer   suction hose  and compressed air cleaning  In addition  the remaining por   tions in the mixer jar can be drained off after a pre set time     14 5 1 Cleaning Settings Heat Exchanger    In Menu    Cleaning Settings  Heat Exchanger    you can enter the frequency of automatic  heat exchanger cleaning  You can choose between 1 time or 2 times per day at selectable  times      lt   This menu is displayed only if the automatic feeder is equipped with a fully automatic heat  exchanger cleaning that you have previously activated in submenu   Heat Exchanger with  Automatic Cleaning  Yes        Rinsing Turn the program switch to 2   rinsing  cleaning  gt   HE with sponge     uy  WW    ag        X    ag           y  h                ee   E          eoe       Lu EH   X    al    Cleaning 13    Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select submenu     Settings        cleaning  gt   settings       Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen  cleaning settings  gt     heat exchanger     Press Arrow Right to go to the next screen  clean HE ES    automatically yes    Enter    no    if the
254. w the day quantity for the selected animal and    the already consumed quantity     Go to the next screen  If an electrolyte solution is fed  the fol   lowing message will be displayed     Move to the next screen     Move to the next screen     The first line shows the day quantity of concentrate type 1 or  2 with potential carryover  In the second line you will find in  brackets the value taken from the plans for concentrate 1 or 2     animal data     Info gt   ration day animal       12B    feed  6 0 L  gt   c 0 20 kg    12B  feed  6 0 L  gt   concentr  120 g L    12B  MP 124g  gt   75   milk 4 5 L    12B  X1 209  gt   consumed 10 g    12B  EL Ia S  consumed 6g    PB CITRUS 3 EQUES   0 19 kg    198  C2 0 48 kg  gt    0 35 kg    Co    Animal Data and Info 12    13 5 3 Cancel Registration    You have to cancel the animals each time they are removed from the house  The little    a     displayed next to the animal number means that this number is available again     In this menu you can cancel individual or all animals  before and after the end of the fee   ding plan      Before removing the animals from the house  write down the management data  such as e g   feeding days and total consumption  Remove all cancelled animals from the feeding station     If automatic registration is active  remove the animals from the house before they are can   celled  otherwise it may happen that they are registered again     EJ Select submenu    Cancel Registration     animal data  amp Info A 
255. weight  g   100kg     fixed amount per day  g   day     If you select  g L  the medicine will be added every feeding of milk    If you select  g 100kg  or  g day  press right arrow again    screen will say  distribution to all portions   yes    Press  enter  to select this option or press down arrow to select either      1 time daily  or  2 times daily     If you select  1 time daily   medicine is added to the first 4 mixer jars of milk each day   If you select  2 times daily   medicine is added to the 1   feed each morning  amp  the first  feed after midday each day    Next  press right arrow to enter the  prescription period  fields for this additive   These are just like milk plan fields  except the additive dispenser can only add 2g   20g  to each portion of milk  20g twice daily is 40g    Fill out the prescription period fields as necessary  amp  complete with  enter      B12 Distribute the medicine or supplement  which calves get it  turn dial to 9  additives   Display reads  medicine   distribute    Right arrow into this submenu  Select the prescription  X1 X4    amp  right arrow into  the next screen  Display reads  animal specific distribution   The medicine can be distributed in 3 ways      to individual calves  animal specific     to a whole group  group distribution     to every new calf on the machine  automatic prophylaxis     B21    eg    B2 2    Down arrow to the desired method of distribution   Then right arrow into that submenu  amp  work through the fields 
256. will take 7 hours to accumulate the minimum drink  so the calves will get their first  drink at 7am     To set drink sizes  Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 15 then  enter    Display reads  15   feeding amount limits    Right arrow enters this submenu   Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter    Right arrow again takes you into the drink limits fields for that group   Press  enter  to open the displayed data fields  then work through the display entering  data period by period as per the following table         min becomes max  period length tally drink   available drink  5 days days 1 5 10L 7am 15L  25 days   days 6 30 12L 8am 20L  25 days days 31 55 1 6L 8am 2 5L  20 days days56 75 2 0L 8am 2 5L  5days   days76 80 2 0L 8pm 2 0L    oh WD r               H3  Concentration periods   concentration plan    s9 2   p79    a  for liquid milk ONLY feedplans  no powdered milk at all   Set the concentration plan as a single period at 120g L to 120g L     This matches the combi s default  solid matter content  for fresh milk  see G4c below    Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 11 then  enter    Display reads  11   concentr  plan group A   Enter desired calf group  A  B  C or D  then confirm with  enter    Right arrow takes you into the concentration plan fields for that group   Press  enter  to open the displayed data  then work through the display  entering the  following data          period length tally concentration description  1 80 days days 1 80 from 120
257. x  660 mm     12 Control of the Automatic Feeder    1 6 Control ofthe Automatic Feeder    1 6 1 Operating and Control Unit  with Motherboard     On the operating and control unit are located the following operating elements   program switch  keyboard  manual keys and display     The boards for display  keyboard  distribution as well as the motherboard are located inside  the operating and control unit of the automatic feeder  The motherboard represents the pro   Cessor       In case you do not use the connections located at the bottom of the operating unit  take care  to close them by means of sealing covers     The motherboard is hard faced  among other things  with      interfaces for external components  PC printer  animal scales in feeding box 1   2   concentrate 1   2  option      memory card to store all animal data     2 program chips    Potentiometer to adjust  contrast of the display               Program chips   EPROMS     Memory card    Interfaces for     channel 5    channel 4    channel 3    Plug to connect interface 1   together with D Sub   plug located in the opera   ting unit     channel 2    channel 1    Connector to connect interfaces for channel 2 5    Control of the Automatic Feeder 13    1 6 2 Power Unit Combi    Relay board as well as distribution board are located next to each other inside the power  unit     1 6 2 1 Relay Board    On the relay board are located the transformer for weak current supply of the processor  control  the relays  the connecto
258. xchanger    40955  40954  Die Ersatzteil Liste stellt die verschiedenen Varianten der o g  Baugruppe dar   The spare parts list shows the different variants of the above mentioned structural group     Teile  Nr  Bezeichnung  Part No   Description    7721 0060 022 Thermostat mit Spiralf  hler  Wechsler   thermostat  two way connection   7121 0090 008 Thermostat   berhitzungsschutz 1 polig  thermostat for overheat limitation  7721 0090 365 Dichtung 22 0x14 2 1 5mm stark Vulkanfiber rot  hart  volcanic  fibre washer hard red 1 5mm thick 22x14 2mm diamet   7721 0041 060 R  ckschlagventil R  ckflussverhinderer D 15mm m  Feder 0 4bar   ab  01 04 01  nonreturn valve D 15mm   as of  01 04 01  7721 0098 465 Rohrwendel TAK1 mit Anschluss und Dichtungen  Kunststoffb   coiled tubing TAK1 with connexion  for plastic recipient  7721 0060 161 Dichtung 27 0x21x2mm graphitiert  washer 27 21 2mm graphitized  7721 0060 160 Dichtung 18 5x12 0x2mm hart Vulkanfiber rot  washer 18 12 2mm graphitized  7721 0098 464 R  ckschlagventil Auslauf WT Wasser  flap valve flowing out hole WT water  7721 0098 524 WT1 Kunststoffbeh  lter mit Dichtung  heat exchanger   tank  7721 0070 567 Schlauchschelle 1 2  12 20 Zebra  hose band clip 1 2   12 20 Zebra  7721 0099 146 Dichtung St  rke D  5mm f  r Kunststoff WT Beh  lter  silicone seal thickness D  5mm for plastic box HE  7721 0071 838 Heizk  rper 5 0KW 380 400V  heating element 5 0KW 380 400V  7721 0090 006 Heizk  rper 3 8KW 380 400V  heating element 3 3KW 380 
259. xis     Press Arrow Right  The display shows the duration and the  dosage of medication     Select the desired prescription  1 4  according to which the  animals should get their medicine     Press Arrow Right to move to the next screen     Press Arrow Up or Arrow Down to select the animal to be  treated with medicine     Enter   yes    if the animal has to be treated with medicine ac   cording to the entered prescription  Press ENTER to confirm  the input     Enter    no    if the animal should not get any medicine  Press  ENTER to confirm the input     If you enter    yes    and an animal scales is connected  the dis   play shows     If no animal scales is connected  the display shows     Key in the estimated animal weight and press ENTER to con   firm the input     medicine  gt   distribute     animal specific  gt   distribution      X1  g 100kg 5 d   gt   from 5 to 5 g    LA  X1  apply no  NT Sal  apply yes    lA anim  weight  correct 50 kg    LAT  weight 50 kg  LWG   500 g day    If the additive has to be dispensed in accordance with weight  make sure that the entered  animal weight is correct  Heavy animals get more additive than light weight ones     After you have confirmed animal s weight  the display will show the number of the animal    that is entitled to the additive next     100 Additives    The animals can only be fed according to one powder addi  Xl active   tive prescription  If you try to select another prescription  the  adjust treatment  gt   display will 
260. y  C  both  a combi       a  to operate on powdered milk only  Set keyboard to  milk mode no        Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter    Display reads  3   milk functions    Right arrow to  3   milk mode yes    Press  yes no  to change to  3   milk mode no   Confirm with  enter      b  to operate on liquid milk only  Set two fields as follows       i  set to  milk mode   yes   ii set to    change to MP   no   Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter    Display reads  3   milk functions   Right arrow to  3   milk mode yes   Confirm with  enter    Then press right arrow again   Display reads  3   if milk empty change to MP yes   Press  yes no  to change to  3   if milk empty change to MP no  Confirm with  enter     c  to operate as a combi  on both liquid milk A powdered milk     Set two fields as follows      i  set to  milk mode   yes    ii set to  change to MP   yes   Turn dial to 10  keyboard   Press 3 then  enter    Display reads  3   milk functions   Right arrow to  3   milk mode yes   Confirm with  enter    Then press right arrow again   Display reads  3   if milk empty change to MP yes   Confirm with  enter     u    F  Set Automatic Cleaning Schedules    F1     Heat Exchanger  14 5 1      this category won t appear if you have set the machine to operate on powdered milk only   Set the heat exchanger to be cleaned twice daily    F2     Dial on 2  cleaning   Display reads  cleaning HE with sponge    Down arrow to  cleaning settings    Right arrow to e
261. ymbols  addit          additive MEM milk powder RE Uc ue warning as of version 00 11  EMM cena werd available NV life weight gain warn anim      warning animals  C conc        concentrate  Od Ne number DE ee prescription 1 4  clean          cleaning PO period yester         yesterday  concentrat       concentration presc          prescription Dr average  consum        consumption prg vers       program version RON EE Arrow Up Arrow Down active  consumpt      consumption reg  M registration E TM Arrow Right Arrow Left active  Wl drinking remain         remaining  Qu one gram  Oque e requirement  heat circ       heating circuit suppress       suppression   E EE Eres liter             WestfaliaSurge   Stand Alone Calf Feeder    Calf Identification   Keypad Entries    The Stand Alone Calf Feeder can hold up to 99 calves in it s CPU Memory at any time   When a calf is weaned   removed from the Calf Feeder it should be deleted at the Keypad to  create CPU Memory space for another calf  If calves are not deleted from the keypad as they  are weaned  the feeder will not accept new calf entries after the 99th calf has been entered     Every calf on a Stand Alone Calf Feeder needs 2 eartags     O Lear  aclearly visible Numbered Eartag  between 001  amp  999   O Rear anNLIS Electronic Eartag    NLIS Electronic Eartags have two numbers          an    external printed number    O an    internal electronic responder number   These two numbers are not the same   amp  only the  internal numbe
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Samsung PS51D6900  ZM-71SE Instruction Manual (Function version)  Origin Storage DL-E5400H rechargeable battery  予備電球 04900revA  Automation for gates and doors    ICY BOX 8GB Robot  EasySteam Forno 10 griglie GN 1/1, combi, elettrico  Graham Field JB112-070 User's Manual  Allegra-D (chlorhydrate de fexofenadine    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file